SIM800 Series - AT Command Manual - V1.12

SIM800 Series_
AT Command Manual
GPRS Module
SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

Building B, SIM Technology Building, No.633, Jinzhong Road
Changning District, Shanghai P.R. China
Tel: 86-21-31575100
[email protected]
www.simcom.com
SIM800 Series_AT Command Manual_V1.12
Document Title: SIM800 Series_AT Command Manual

Version: 1.12
Date: 2020.6.15
Status: Released
GENERAL NOTES
SIMCOM OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS, TO SUPPORT

APPLICATION AND ENGINEERING EFFORTS THAT USE THE PRODUCTS DESIGNED BY SIMCOM.
THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED UPON REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO
SIMCOM BY THE CUSTOMERS. SIMCOM HAS NOT UNDERTAKEN ANY INDEPENDENT SEARCH
FOR ADDITIONAL RELEVANT INFORMATION, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT MAY BE IN THE
CUSTOMER’S POSSESSION. FURTHERMORE, SYSTEM VALIDATION OF THIS PRODUCT
DESIGNED BY SIMCOM WITHIN A LARGER ELECTRONIC SYSTEM REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY
OF THE CUSTOMER OR THE CUSTOMER’S SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. ALL SPECIFICATIONS
SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
COPYRIGHT
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY

OF SIMCOM WIRELESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED COPYING, TO OTHERS AND USING THIS DOCUMENT,
ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY BY SIMCOM. OFFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO THE
PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATIONS. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BY SIMCOM IN THE PROPRIETARY
TECHNICAL INFORMATION ，INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REGISTRATION GRANTING OF A
PATENT , A UTILITY MODEL OR DESIGN. ALL SPECIFICATION SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AT ANY TIME.
SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

Building B, SIM Technology Building, No.633 Jinzhong Road, Changning District, Shanghai P.R. China
Tel: +86 21 31575100
Email: [email protected]
For more information, please visit:

https://www.simcom.com/download/list-863-en.html
For technical support, or to report documentation errors, please visit:

https://www.simcom.com/ask/ or email to: [email protected]
Copyright © 2020 SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited All Rights Reserved.
www.simcom.com 2 / 364
Version History
Version Date Chapter What is new

V1.00 New version
Modify GSM 07.05 to 3GPP TS
All 27.005,modify GSM 07.07 to 3GPP TS
27.007
1.1 Scope of the document Add SIM800
2.2.8 ATH Delete ATH parameter [n]
2.2.12 +++ Change "0.5 second" to "1 second"
2.2.13 ATO Change "NO CARRIER" to "ERROR"
2.2.26 ATX Change default value from 0 to 4
2.2.32 AT&W Add AT+CFGRI,AT+CSGS
2.2.41.1 Auto-bauding Disable DTR auto-bauding
3.2.14 AT+CHLD Delete parameter of CHLD
3.2.18 AT+CLIP Change URC parameter
3.2.51 AT+CRSL Delete reference Note
Change description of 34 (emergency call
3.2.7 AT+CEER
not possible)
4.2.10 AT+CRES Delete description of CSCB
4.2.11 AT+CSAS Delete description of CSCB
6.2.4 AT+CMIC Add reference Note
V1.01 2013.07.23
6.2.11 AT+CFGRI Add default value
Modify Test Command response
6.2.16 AT+CCVM
information and parameter description
6.2.18 AT+CHF Add URC
Change <duration> supported range;delete
6.2.26 AT+STTONE
reference note
Modify last parameter of Test Command to
6.2.27 AT+SIMTONE
10-500000
6.2.48 AT+SLEDS Modify default value
6.2.55 AT+CSGS Add ATC
6.2.56 AT+CMICBIAS Add ATC
8.2.2 AT+CIPSTART Modify parameter
8.2.15 AT+CIPHEAD Modify parameter
8.2.20 AT+CIPSRIP Modify parameter
8.2.23 AT+CIPCCFG Modify write cmd parameters
Add "single IP & multi IP connection"
8.2.26 AT+CIPRXGET
information
9.2.1 AT+SAPBR Modify parameter
Change "Execution Command" to "Write

12.2.23 AT+FTPLIST
Command"
14.2.8 AT+SMTPBODY
Command"
14.2.10 AT+SMTPSEND Modify parameter
14.2.11 AT+SMTPFT
Command"
15.2.15 AT+CMMSRECV Change reference note
15.2.21 AT+CMMSTIMEOUT Change "milliseconds" to "seconds"
15.2.25 AT+CMMSSCONT Modify parameter of Execution Command
17.2.1 AT+CREC Add note
18.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Modify parameter;add note
20.8 GPRS Commands Modify the CGQREQ example
20.17 RECORD Commands Add example
3.2.17 AT+CLCK Add Max Response Time
3.2.22 AT+COPS Add Max Response Time
3.2.29 AT+CPWD Add Max Response Time
3.2.28 AT+CPIN Add Max Response Time
3.2.41 AT+VTS Add Max Response Time
3.2.44 AT+CPOL Add Max Response Time
3.2.45 AT+COPN Add Max Response Time
3.2.54 AT+CPUC Add Max Response Time
6.2.7 AT+CADC Add Max Response Time
6.2.23 AT+CCID Add Max Response Time
7.2.1 AT+CGATT Add Max Response Time
7.2.5 AT+CGACT Add Max Response Time
3.2.24 AT+CPBF Modify description of max response time
3.2.25 AT+CPBR Modify description of max response time
4.2.1 CMGD Modify description of max response time
4.2.3 CMGL Modify description of max response time
6.2.25 CMGDA Modify description of max response time
15.2.8 AT+CMMSSEND Modify description of max response time
15.2.15 AT+CMMSRECV Modify description of max response time
2.2.16 ATS0 Add parameter saving mode
2.2.26 ATX Add parameter saving mode
3.2.4 AT+CBST Add parameter saving mode
3.2.16 AT+CLCC Add parameter saving mode
3.2.12 AT+CSCS Add parameter saving mode
3.2.51 AT+CRSL Add parameter saving mode
3.2.52 AT+CLVL Add parameter saving mode
6.2.33 AT+CIURC Add parameter saving mode
6.2.53 AT_CSDT Add parameter saving mode

6.2.54 AT+CSMINS Add parameter saving mode
3.2.32 AT+CREG Modify parameter save mode
6.2.44 AT+SVR Modify parameter save mode
7.2.10 AT+CGREG Modify parameter save mode
3.2.24 AT+CPBS Delete parameter save mode
3.2.25 AT+CPBW Delete parameter save mode
2.2.28 AT&C Modify the format
3.2.5 AT+CCFC Change error word: <reads> to <reason>
3.2.33 AT+CRLP Add Save mode and reference
3.2.36 AT+FCLASS Modify information about +FCLASS
3.2.47 AT+CCLK Add note
4.2.5 AT+CMGS Add Note
6.2.18 AT+CHF Modify parameter range and note
Add patameters of write command and test
6.2.19 AT+CHFA
command,modify note
6.2.20 AT+CSCLK Add new parameter and note
6.2.24 AT+CMTE Increase the temperature range
6.2.28 AT+CCPD Set default value
6.2.33 AT+CIURC Set default value
6.2.41 AT+SPWM Modify parameter direction and note
6.2.51 AT+CNETLIGHT Add test and read command
6.2.53 AT+CSDT Modify note
6.2.55 AT+CSGS Modify parameter default value
Add default value and modify parameter
6.2.56 AT+CMICBIAS
V1.02 2013.10.23 description
6.2.57 AT+DTAM Add AT command
6.2.58 AT+SJDR Add AT command
6.2.59 AT+CPCMCFG Add AT command
6.2.60 AT+CPCMSYNC Add AT command
6.2.61 AT+CANT Add AT command
6.2.62 AT+CAGCSET Add AT command
Modify parameter description and add URC
7.2.9 AT+CGEREP
example
8.2.7 AT+CIPSHUT Add Max Response Time
8.2.10 AT+CIICR Add Max Response Time
8.2.21 AT+CIPDPDP Modify parameter’s scope
8.2.26 AT+CIPRXGET Modify parameter options
Add parameter and URC description in
16.2.1 AT+DDET
write command,add note
17.2.1 AT+CREC Modify note
17.2.2 AT+CRECORD Add AT command
18.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Modify note and parameter default value
20.16 AT+DDET Modify AT+DDET example
21.5 AT+CTTSPARAM Add differences of some AT commands

21.6 AT+CHFA Add differences of some AT commands
AT+CEXTHS,AT+CEXBUT Delete
Add or modify Parameter Saving Mode and
All
Max Response Time
1.1 Scope of the document Add SIM800G
2.2.28 AT&C Modify parameter format
2.2.32 AT&W Modify parameter stored by &W
2.2.41 AT+IPR Add parameter description
3.2.6 AT+CCWA Modify <status> description
3.2.24 AT+CPBS Add “FD” phonebook
Add parameter <switch> for
3.2.46 AT+CALS
playing/stopping tone
5.2.1 AT+STKTRS Modify the length of parameter
6.2.1 AT+SIDET Extend parameter <channel>
Extend parameter <channel>, add default
6.2.4 AT+CMIC
value description in note
6.2.5 AT+CALA Modify indicate expired alarm
Extend parameter <DTMF string> and add
6.2.13 AT+CLDTMF parameter <timeBase>, add the funcion
that local DTMF tone can be played in call.
6.2.56 AT+CMICBIAS Add note description
6.2.58 AT+SJDR Modify format error
6.2.63 AT+SD2PCM Add AT command
V1.03 2014.03.28 6.2.64 AT+SKPD Add AT command
6.2.65 AT+SIMTONEX Add AT command
6.2.66 AT+CROAMING Add AT command
6.2.67 AT+CNETSCAN Add AT command
8.2.23 AT+CIPCCFG Modify wait time’s interval
12.2.24 AT+FTPGETTOFS Add AT command
Modify description about <key> parameter,
16.2.1 AT+DDET
add <ssdet> parameter
Modify <location> and AT+CREC=8
17.2.1 AT+CREC description,add read length limit and AMR
support description in note
18.2.3 AT+CTTSRING Add command AT+CTTSRING
20.6 Audio command Add AT+CLDTMF example
20.11 PING Commands Add other device ping to the modem
21.6 AT+CHFA Modify description
21.7 AT+CMIC Add difference desription
21.8 AT+SIDET Add difference desription
AT+FCLASS
AT+FMI Delete
AT+FMM
AT+FMR
Add SIM800W16, SIM840W16,
1.1 Scope of the document
SIM800-WB64, SIM808
2.2.27 ATZ Modify note
2.2.30 AT&F Modify note
2.2.32 AT&W Modify note
3.2.46 AT+CALS Modify <switch> descripton
4.2.8 AT+CNMI Add the " [alpha>]," string
6.2.1 AT+SIDET Modify note
6.2.4 AT+CMIC Modify note
6.2.8 AT+CSNS Modify parameter save mode
6.2.13 AT+CLDTMF Modify note
6.2.17 AT+CBAND Modify note
6.2.18 AT+CHF Modify note
6.2.19 AT+CHFA Modify note
6.2.40 AT+SGPIO Modify note
Extend the scope of parameter <freq> to
6.2.41 AT+SPWM
"0-100000"
6.2.58 AT+SJDR Modify note
6.2.59 AT+CPCMCFG Modify note
6.2.60 AT+CPCMSYNC Modify note
6.2.62 AT+CANT Modify note
V1.04 2014.06.10 6.2.63 AT+SD2PCM Modify note
6.2.64 AT+SKPD Modify note
6.2.66 AT+CROAMING Modify AT+CROAMING command’s format
Modify AT+CNETSCAN command’s
6.2.67 AT+CNETSCAN
function and note
6.2.68 AT+CMNRP Add AT command
8.2.2 AT+CIPSTART Modify max response time
8.2.30 AT+CIPTKA Add AT command
10.2.4 AT+CIPBEIPING Add AT command
12.2.2 AT+FTPMODE Modify test and write command
12.2.14 AT+FTPGET Modify note, Add "Manual quit" to <error>
12.2.23 AT+FTPLIST Modify note
12.2.24 AT+FTPGETTOFS Add read command
12.2.25 AT+FTPPUTFRMFS Add AT command
12.2.26 AT+FTPEXTGET Add AT command
12.2.27 AT+FTPFILEPUT Add AT command
12.2.28 AT+FTPQUIT Add AT command
13.2.1 AT+CIPGSMLOC Modify max response time
16.2.1 AT+DDET Modify response value of test command
17.2.1 AT+CREC Modify parameter description and note
18 Modify note
19.3 URC Add URC of
AT+CGREG,AT+CALA,AT+CIURC,AT+CN
MI
20.2 SIM commands Modify response of AT+CPBS=?
21 Modify ATC difference
Add PCM channel in SIM800 and
21.4 AT+CHFA
SIM800-WB64
All Change SIM800-WB64 to SIM800M64
6.2.21 AT+CENG Add format description of part parameters
Extend the scope of parameter <GPIO> to
6.2.40 AT+SGPIO
"1-7"
6.2.69 AT+CEGPRS Add AT command
12.2.24 AT+FTPGETTOFS Modify description of <loc>
V1.05 2014.07.31 14.2.14 AT+POP3IN Add description of <code> value 69
14.2.22 AT+POP3OUT Add description of <code> value 69
21.2 AT+CMIC Modify
21.5 AT+SGPIO Modify difference
21.9 AT+CADC Add difference
21.10 AT+CSCLK Add difference
21.13 Add GPIO difference
Extend the scope of parameter <mode> to
6.2.52 AT+CWHITELIST
"0-3"
6.2.70 AT+CGPIO Add AT command
6.2.71 AT+CMEDPLAY Add AT command
2014.10.28
1.06 6.2.72 AT+CMEDIAVOL Add AT command
8.2.14 AT+CDNSGIP Add error code
12.2 Modify max response time
19.3 Modify note
1.1 Scope of the document Add SIM800C
2.2.16 ATS0 Modify note
1.07 2014.12.19 6.2.20 AT+CSCLK Modify note
6.2.73 AT+SNDLEVEL Add AT command
21 Add differences of SIM800C
6.2.55 AT+CSGS
"0-2"
6.2.74 AT+ECHARGE Add AT command
6.2.75 AT+SIMTIMER Add AT command
6.2.76 AT+SPE Add AT command
1.08 2015.05.12
Change CME error codes from 810~824 to
19.1
600~614
Add
21.13
AT+ECHARGE,AT+SIMTIMER,AT+SPE
1.09 2015.08.03 1.1 Scope of the document Add SIM800A, SIM800F, SIM800C-DS

6.2.21 AT+CENG
"0-4" and modify note
6.2.65 AT+SIMTONEX Modify note
6.2.70 AT+CGPIO Modify response value of test command
6.2.71 AT+CMEDPLAY Modify note
6.2.77 AT+CCONCINDEX Add AT command
6.2.78 AT+SDMODE Add AT command
6.2.79 AT+SRSPT Add AT command
11.2.9 AT+HTTPHEAD Add AT command
15.2.6 AT+CMMSDOWN Modify <type> parameter
Delete URC of "AT+CENG" when
19.3
<mode>=3
20.2 SIM commands Add examples of "AT+CENG"
21.11 AT+CMMSDOWN Add difference of "AT+CMMSDOWN"
21.12 AT+CFGRI Add difference of "AT+CFGRI"
Add differences of SIM800A,SIM800F and
21
SIM800C-DS
1.1 Scope of the document Add SIM868
2.2.20 ATS6 Add default value of parameter <n>
2.2.22 ATS8 Add default value of parameter <n>
3.2.17 AT+CLCK Modify note
3.2.38 AT+CMUX Modify the response of test command
3.2.46 AT+CALS Add default value of parameter <n>
3.2.52 AT+CBC Modify note
4.2.15 AT+CSMP Modify note
6.2.11 AT+CFGRI Modify range of <status> and note
6.2.12 AT+CLTS Modify parameter <dst> and note
6.2.21 AT+CENG Modify note
6.2.45 AT+CEMNL Add default value
6.2.53 AT+CSDT Add parameter saving mode
1.10 2016.10.20
6.2.57 AT+SJDR Modify write command and note
6.2.70 AT+CMEDPLAY Modify note
6.2.72 AT+SNDLEVEL Add default value
6.2.79 AT+CELLIST Add AT command
6.2.80 AT+CLIST Add AT command
6.2.81 AT+CBATCHK Add AT command
7.2.1 AT+CGATT Modify max response time
8.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Modify note
8.2.9 AT+CSTT Modify note of parameters
8.2.11 AT+CIFSR Modify note
8.2.13 AT+CDNSCFG Add default value
8.2.21 AT+CIPDPDP Add default value
8.2.23 AT+CIPCCFG Add default value
8.2.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Add default value

Extend the scope of parameter <Method>
11.2.5 AT+HTTPACTION
to "0-3"
12.2.26 AT+FTPEXTGET Modify note
14.2.4 AT+SMTPAUTH Modify response of test command
15.2.17 AT+CMMSREAD Add description of <name>
16.2.1 AT+DDET Modify value of <key>
18.2.1 AT+CTTS
"0-3"
20.2 SIM Commands Add examples of AT+CELLIST
21.2 AT+CMIC Add SIM868
21.3 AT+CAND Add SIM868
21.4 AT+CHFA Add SIM868
21.5 AT+SGPIO Add SIM868
21.6 AT+SJDR Add SIM868
21.7 AT+CREC Add SIM800V and Modify note
21.9 AT+CADC Add SIM868
21.10 AT+CSCLK Add SIM868
21.11 AT+CMMSDOWN Add SIM868
21.12 AT+CFGRI Add SIM868
21.13 AT+CLCK Add difference
21.14 AT+CBATCHK Add difference
21.5 Add difference
AT+CMTE Delete
AT+CIPGSMLOC Delete AT command and related infomation
6.2.83 AT+DLYRI Add AT command
1.11 2020.02.24
11.2.10
Add AT command
AT+HTTPGETHEAD
1.12 2020.06.15 All
Contents
Version History....................................................................................................................... 3
Contents ............................................................................................................................... 11
1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 22
1.1 Scope of the document ......................................................................................................... 22
1.2 Related documents ............................................................................................................... 22
1.3 Conventions and abbreviations ............................................................................................. 22
1.4 AT Command syntax ............................................................................................................. 22
1.4.1 Basic syntax ................................................................................................................... 23
1.4.2 S Parameter syntax ........................................................................................................ 23
1.4.3 Extended Syntax ............................................................................................................ 23
1.4.4 Combining AT commands on the same Command line .................................................. 24
1.4.5 Entering successive AT commands on separate lines .................................................... 24
1.5 Supported character sets ...................................................................................................... 24
1.6 Flow control ........................................................................................................................... 25
1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/XOFF flow control) ............................................................. 25
1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control) ............................................................... 25
1.7 Definitions.............................................................................................................................. 26
1.7.1 Parameter Saving Mode................................................................................................. 26
1.7.2 Max Response Time....................................................................................................... 26
2 AT Commands According to V.25TER.......................................................................... 27

2.1 Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER ............................................................... 27
2.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands According to V.25TER .............................................. 28
2.2.1 A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given ....................................................................... 28
2.2.2 ATA Answer an Incoming Call ...................................................................................... 28
2.2.3 ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number .............................................................. 29
2.2.4 ATD><n> Originate Call to Phone Number in Current Memory ................................... 31
2.2.5 ATD><str> Originate Call to Phone Number in Memory <str> ..................................... 32
2.2.6 ATDL Redial Last Telephone Number Used ................................................................ 33
2.2.7 ATE Set Command Echo Mode ................................................................................... 34
2.2.8 ATH Disconnect Existing Connection .......................................................................... 35
2.2.9 ATI Display Product Identification Information ............................................................. 35
2.2.10 ATL Set Monitor speaker loudness .............................................................................. 35
2.2.11 ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode .................................................................................. 36
2.2.12 +++ Switch from Data Mode or PPP Online Mode to Command Mode ....................... 36
2.2.13 ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode ........................................................ 36
2.2.14 ATP Select Pulse Dialling ............................................................................................ 37
2.2.15 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode ................................................................... 37
2.2.16 ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering the Call .......................... 38
2.2.17 ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character ........................................................ 38

2.2.18 ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character .................................................................. 39
2.2.19 ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character ................................................................ 39
2.2.20 ATS6 Pause Before Blind Dialling................................................................................ 40
2.2.21 ATS7 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion .............................. 40
2.2.22 ATS8 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier Encountered in Dial
String of D Command ................................................................................................................... 41
2.2.23 ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier ................. 41
2.2.24 ATT Select Tone Dialing............................................................................................... 42
2.2.25 ATV TA Response Format ........................................................................................... 42
2.2.26 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress .......................... 43
2.2.27 ATZ Reset Default Configuration ................................................................................. 44
2.2.28 AT&C Set DCD Function Mode.................................................................................... 44
2.2.29 AT&D Set DTR Function Mode .................................................................................... 45
2.2.30 AT&F Factory Defined Configuration ........................................................................... 45
2.2.31 AT&V Display Current Configuration............................................................................ 46
2.2.32 AT&W Store Active Profile ........................................................................................... 46
2.2.33 AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List ...................................................... 48
2.2.34 AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification .............................................................. 48
2.2.35 AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification .................................................................. 48
2.2.36 AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release.............................. 49
2.2.37 AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification.............................................................. 49
2.2.38 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification (IMEI) ........................................... 50
2.2.39 AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing ............................................................ 50
2.2.40 AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control ................................................................ 51
2.2.41 AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate ........................................................................... 52
2.2.42 AT+HVOIC Disconnect Voice Call Only ....................................................................... 54
3 AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.007 ............................................................. 55

3.1 Overview of AT Command According to 3GPP TS 27.007 .................................................... 55
3.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Command According to 3GPP TS 27.007 ................................. 56
3.2.1 AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter (ACM) Reset or Query ........................................ 56
3.2.2 AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum (ACM max) Set or Query.................... 57
3.2.3 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge ....................................................................................... 58
3.2.4 AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type ........................................................................ 59
3.2.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control ....................................... 60
3.2.6 AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control ................................................................................... 61
3.2.7 AT+CEER Extended Error Report ............................................................................... 63
3.2.8 AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification ........................................................... 65
3.2.9 AT+CGMM Request Model Identification ..................................................................... 65
3.2.10 AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ........................... 66
3.2.11 AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical with +GSN)......... 66
3.2.12 AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set ............................................................................. 67
3.2.13 AT+CSTA Select Type of Address................................................................................ 67
3.2.14 AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty ............................................................................. 68
3.2.15 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity.......................................... 69
3.2.16 AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME .............................................................................. 70

3.2.17 AT+CLCK Facility Lock ................................................................................................ 71
3.2.18 AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation ........................................................ 73
3.2.19 AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction ........................................................... 74
3.2.20 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error.................................................................. 75
3.2.21 AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation ................................................ 76
3.2.22 AT+COPS Operator Selection ..................................................................................... 77
3.2.23 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status .................................................................................. 78
3.2.24 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries ............................................................................. 79
3.2.25 AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries............................................................... 80
3.2.26 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage ........................................................... 81
3.2.27 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry .............................................................................. 82
3.2.28 AT+CPIN Enter PIN ..................................................................................................... 83
3.2.29 AT+CPWD Change Password ..................................................................................... 84
3.2.30 AT+CR Service Reporting Control ............................................................................... 85
3.2.31 AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication ................................ 86
3.2.32 AT+CREG Network Registration .................................................................................. 87
3.2.33 AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameters ...................................................... 88
3.2.34 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access ............................................................................... 89
3.2.35 AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report .................................................................................... 90
3.2.36 AT+VTD Tone Duration ................................................................................................ 90
3.2.37 AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation .......................................................................... 91
3.2.38 AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control ..................................................................................... 92
3.2.39 AT+CNUM Subscriber Number .................................................................................... 93
3.2.40 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List ............................................................................... 94
3.2.41 AT+COPN Read Operator Names ............................................................................... 95
3.2.42 AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality ............................................................................. 95
3.2.43 AT+CCLK Clock ........................................................................................................... 96
3.2.44 AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access .................................................................................... 97
3.2.45 AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode ....................................................................................... 98
3.2.46 AT+CALS Alert Sound Select ...................................................................................... 98
3.2.47 AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level .................................................................................... 99
3.2.48 AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level ...................................................................... 100
3.2.49 AT+CMUT Mute Control ............................................................................................ 101
3.2.50 AT+CPUC Price Per Unit and Currency Table ........................................................... 101
3.2.51 AT+CCWE Call Meter Maximum Event ..................................................................... 102
3.2.52 AT+CBC Battery Charge............................................................................................ 103
3.2.53 AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data .............................................. 103
3.2.54 AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification ........................................................ 104
4 AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.005 ........................................................... 107

4.1 Overview of AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.005................................................. 107
4.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.005 .............................. 107
4.2.1 AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message .............................................................................. 107
4.2.2 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format .................................................................. 108
4.2.3 AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store ................................................ 109
4.2.4 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message ............................................................................... 112

4.2.5 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message ................................................................................ 115
4.2.6 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory ............................................................. 116
4.2.7 AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage ........................................................... 117
4.2.8 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications................................................................. 118
4.2.9 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage ............................................................ 121
4.2.10 AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings .............................................................................. 122
4.2.11 AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings ................................................................................... 123
4.2.12 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address ................................................................... 123
4.2.13 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages ..................................................... 124
4.2.14 AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters .......................................................... 125
4.2.15 AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters .............................................................. 126
4.2.16 AT+CSMS Select Message Service .......................................................................... 127
5 AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit ................................................................ 129

5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 129
5.2 Detailed Descriptions of Commands ................................................................................... 129
5.2.1 AT+STKTRS STK Terminal Response....................................................................... 129
5.2.2 AT+STKENVS STK Envelope Command .................................................................. 130
5.2.3 AT+STKCALL STK call setup .................................................................................... 131
5.2.4 AT+STKSMS STK SMS delivery ............................................................................... 132
5.2.5 AT+STKSS STK SS setup ......................................................................................... 132
5.2.6 AT+STKUSSD STK USSD setup ............................................................................... 133
5.2.7 AT+STKDTMF STK sending DTMF ........................................................................... 133
5.2.8 +STKPCI STK Proactive Command Indication .......................................................... 134
5.2.9 AT+STKMENU STK Main menu command ............................................................... 134
5.2.10 AT+STKPCIS STK URC switch command................................................................. 135
6 AT Commands Special for SIMCom ......................................................................... 137

6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 137
6.2.1 AT+SIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level.......................................................... 139
6.2.2 AT+CPOWD Power off .............................................................................................. 140
6.2.3 AT+SPIC Times Remained to Input SIM PIN/PUK .................................................... 140
6.2.4 AT+CMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level .......................................................... 140
6.2.5 AT+CALA Set Alarm Time .......................................................................................... 141
6.2.6 AT+CALD Delete Alarm ............................................................................................. 143
6.2.7 AT+CADC Read ADC ................................................................................................ 143
6.2.8 AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme ....................................................................... 144
6.2.9 AT+CDSCB Reset Cell Broadcast ............................................................................. 144
6.2.10 AT+CMOD Configure Alternating Mode Calls ............................................................ 145
6.2.11 AT+CFGRI Indicate RI When Using URC .................................................................. 145
6.2.12 AT+CLTS Get Local Timestamp ................................................................................ 146
6.2.13 AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation .............................................................. 148
6.2.14 AT+CDRIND CS Voice/Data Call Termination Indication ........................................... 148
6.2.15 AT+CSPN Get Service Provider Name from SIM ...................................................... 149
6.2.16 AT+CCVM Get and Set the Voice Mail Number on the SIM ...................................... 150
6.2.17 AT+CBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band ...................................................... 150
6.2.18 AT+CHF Configure Hands Free Operation ................................................................ 151
6.2.19 AT+CHFA Swap the Audio Channels ......................................................................... 152
6.2.20 AT+CSCLK Configure Slow Clock ............................................................................. 153
6.2.21 AT+CENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode .......................................................... 154
6.2.22 AT+SCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to SIM When Received Class 0 SMS .................. 156
6.2.23 AT+CCID Show ICCID ............................................................................................... 157
6.2.24 AT+CMGDA Delete All SMS ...................................................................................... 157
6.2.25 AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone ........................................................................... 158
6.2.26 AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone................................................................. 159
6.2.27 AT+CCPD Enable or Disable Alpha String................................................................. 160
6.2.28 AT+CGID Get SIM Card Group Identifier ................................................................... 161
6.2.29 AT+MORING Show State of Mobile Originated Call .................................................. 161
6.2.30 AT+CMGHEX Enable or Disable Sending Non-ASCII Character SMS ...................... 162
6.2.31 AT+CCODE Configure SMS Code Mode................................................................... 162
6.2.32 AT+CIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation............................................. 163
6.2.33 AT+CPSPWD Change PS Super Password .............................................................. 164
6.2.34 AT+EXUNSOL Enable or Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications ....................... 164
6.2.35 AT+CGMSCLASS Change GPRS Multislot Class ..................................................... 165
6.2.36 AT+CDEVICE View Current Flash Device Type ........................................................ 166
6.2.37 AT+CCALR Call Ready Query ................................................................................... 166
6.2.38 AT+GSV Display Product Identification Information ................................................... 166
6.2.39 AT+SGPIO Control the GPIO .................................................................................... 167
6.2.40 AT+SPWM Generate the Pulse-Width-Modulation .................................................... 168
6.2.41 AT+ECHO Echo Cancellation Control........................................................................ 168
6.2.42 AT+CAAS Control Auto Audio Switch ........................................................................ 169
6.2.43 AT+SVR Configure Voice Coding Type for Voice Calls .............................................. 170
6.2.44 AT+GSMBUSY Reject Incoming Call......................................................................... 171
6.2.45 AT+CEMNL Set the List of Emergency Number ........................................................ 172
6.2.46 AT*CELLLOCK Set the List of ARFCN Which Needs to Be Locked .......................... 173
6.2.47 AT+SLEDS Set the Timer Period of Net Light............................................................ 173
6.2.48 AT+CBUZZERRING Use the Buzzer Sound as the Incoming Call Ring .................... 174
6.2.49 AT+CEXTERNTONE Close or Open the Microphone................................................ 175
6.2.50 AT+CNETLIGHT Close the Net Light or Open It to Shining ....................................... 175
6.2.51 AT+CWHITELIST Set the White List.......................................................................... 176
6.2.52 AT+CSDT Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card ......................................................... 177
6.2.53 AT+CSMINS SIM Inserted Status Reporting ............................................................. 178
6.2.54 AT+CSGS Netlight Indication of GPRS Status .......................................................... 178
6.2.55 AT+CMICBIAS Close or Open the MICBIAS ............................................................. 179
6.2.56 AT+DTAM Set TTS and RECORD Play Mode in Call ................................................ 180
6.2.57 AT+SJDR Set Jamming Detection Function .............................................................. 180
6.2.58 AT+CPCMCFG Set PCM Parameter ......................................................................... 182
6.2.59 AT+CPCMSYNC Set PCM Sync Parameter .............................................................. 183
6.2.60 AT+CANT Antenna Detecting .................................................................................... 183
6.2.61 AT+CAGCSET Close or Open AGC Function .............................................................. 184
6.2.62 AT+SD2PCM SD and PCM Switch Function ................................................................ 185
6.2.63 AT+SKPD Keypad Detecting Function ......................................................................... 186

6.2.64 AT+SIMTONEX Custom Tones .................................................................................. 187
6.2.65 AT+CROAMING Roaming State ................................................................................ 188
6.2.66 AT+CNETSCAN Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information ................ 188
6.2.67 AT+CMNRP Dual Serial Port Feature ........................................................................ 189
6.2.68 AT+CEGPRS Switch on or off EDGE ........................................................................ 190
6.2.69 AT+CGPIO Control the GPIO by PIN Index ............................................................... 190
6.2.70 AT+CMEDPLAY Play Audio File ................................................................................ 191
6.2.71 AT+CMEDIAVOL Control the Volume when Playing Audio File ................................. 192
6.2.72 AT+SNDLEVEL Set the Sound Level of Special AT Command ................................. 193
6.2.73 AT+ECHARGE Charge Control ................................................................................. 193
6.2.74 AT+SIMTIMER Modify the Poll Interval Time Requested by SIM Card ...................... 194
6.2.75 AT+SPE Speech Enhancement Control .................................................................... 195
6.2.76 AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index ............................................... 195
6.2.77 AT+SDMODE SD Mode Switch Function ..................................................................... 196
6.2.78 AT+SRSPT Control SMS Retransmission ................................................................. 196
6.2.79 AT+CELLIST Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information ..................... 197
6.2.80 AT+CLIST Query AT .................................................................................................. 198
6.2.81 AT+CBATCHK Set VBAT Checking Feature ON/OFF ............................................... 199
6.2.82 AT+DLYRI Control the Delay Time before Indicate RI when Using URC ................... 200
7 AT Commands for GPRS Support ............................................................................ 201

7.1 Overview of AT Commands for GPRS Support ................................................................... 201
7.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Commands for GPRS Support ................................................ 201
7.2.1 AT+CGATT Attach or Detach from GPRS Service..................................................... 201
7.2.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ......................................................................... 202
7.2.3 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) ................................. 203
7.2.4 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested) ............................................... 204
7.2.5 AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate....................................................... 205
7.2.6 AT+CGDATA Enter Data State................................................................................... 206
7.2.7 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address .......................................................................... 207
7.2.8 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class .............................................................. 207
7.2.9 AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting ........................................ 208
7.2.10 AT+CGREG Network Registration Status .................................................................. 209
7.2.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages ................................................. 210
8 AT Commands for TCPIP Application Toolkit .......................................................... 212

8.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 212
8.2.1 AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection ................................................................ 213
8.2.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP or UDP Connection ..................................................... 213
8.2.3 AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP or UDP Connection .................................... 215
8.2.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode........................................................ 217
8.2.5 AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State ............................ 218
8.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection ........................................................ 218
8.2.7 AT+CIPSHUT Deactivate GPRS PDP Context .......................................................... 219
8.2.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port ...................................................................................... 220
8.2.9 AT+CSTT Start Task and Set APN, USER NAME, PASSWORD ............................... 221
8.2.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection with GPRS or CSD................................... 221
8.2.11 AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address ............................................................................... 222
8.2.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status ................................................... 223
8.2.13 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server ....................................................... 224
8.2.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name ................................... 225
8.2.15 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Head at the Beginning of a Package Received.................. 225
8.2.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer ......................................................................... 226
8.2.17 AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data ....................................... 227
8.2.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module as Server .......................................................... 227
8.2.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD or GPRS for Connection Mode ............................................ 228
8.2.20 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port When Received Data ................... 229
8.2.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether to Check State of GPRS Network Timing ...................... 230
8.2.22 AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode ......................................................... 231
8.2.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode ............................................... 231
8.2.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol in IP Head When Received Data ......... 232
8.2.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode ................................................................. 233
8.2.26 AT+CIPRXGET Get Data from Network Manually ..................................................... 234
8.2.27 AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context ...................................................... 236
8.2.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer .............................................................. 237
8.2.29 AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP context................................................................ 237
8.2.30 AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keepalive Parameters ............................................................. 238
9 AT Commands for TCPIP Application Toolkit .......................................................... 240

9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 240
9.2.1 AT+SAPBR Bearer Settings for Applications Based on IP ......................................... 240
10 AT Commands for PING Support ......................................................................... 242

10.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 242
10.2.1 AT+CIPPING PING Request ..................................................................................... 242
10.2.2 AT+CIPCTL Set the Mode When Receiving an IP Packet ......................................... 243
10.2.3 AT+CIPFLT Set the Rules of IP Filter......................................................................... 244
10.2.4 AT+CIPBEIPING Set the Module to be PING or Not ................................................. 245
11 AT Commands for HTTP Application ................................................................... 247

11.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 247
11.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP Service ....................................................................... 247
11.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP Service ................................................................. 248
11.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters Value ............................................................ 248
11.2.4 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data .............................................................................. 250
11.2.5 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action .................................................................... 250
11.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP Server Response................................................... 252
11.2.7 AT+HTTPSCONT Save HTTP Application Context ................................................... 253
11.2.8 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP Status ...................................................................... 254
11.2.9 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response ............... 255
11.2.10 AT+HTTPGETHEAD Show the HTTP Header Information in HTTPREAD ......... 255
12 AT Commands for FTP Application...................................................................... 257

12.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 257
12.2.1 AT+FTPPORT Set FTP Control Port ......................................................................... 258
12.2.2 AT+FTPMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode....................................................... 258
12.2.3 AT+FTPTYPE Set the Type of Data to Be Transferred .............................................. 259
12.2.4 AT+FTPPUTOPT Set FTP Put Type .......................................................................... 259
12.2.5 AT+FTPCID Set FTP Bearer Profile Identifier ............................................................ 260
12.2.6 AT+FTPREST Set Resume Broken Download .......................................................... 261
12.2.7 AT+FTPSERV Set FTP Server Address .................................................................... 261
12.2.8 AT+FTPUN Set FTP User Name ............................................................................... 262
12.2.9 AT+FTPPW Set FTP Password ................................................................................. 263
12.2.10 AT+FTPGETNAME Set Download File Name .................................................... 263
12.2.11 AT+FTPGETPATH Set Download File Path........................................................ 264
12.2.12 AT+FTPPUTNAME Set Upload File Name ......................................................... 264
12.2.13 AT+FTPPUTPATH Set Upload File Path ............................................................ 265
12.2.14 AT+FTPGET Download File ............................................................................... 266
12.2.15 AT+FTPPUT Set Upload File .............................................................................. 267
12.2.16 AT+FTPSCONT Save FTP Application Context ................................................. 268
12.2.17 AT+FTPDELE Delete Specified File in FTP Server ............................................ 269
12.2.18 AT+FTPSIZE Get the Size of Specified File in FTP Server ................................ 269
12.2.19 AT+FTPSTATE Get the FTP State...................................................................... 270
12.2.20 AT+FTPEXTPUT Extend Upload File.................................................................... 271
12.2.21 AT+FTPMKD Make Directory on the Remote Machine ...................................... 271
12.2.22 AT+FTPRMD Remove Directory on the Remote Machine .................................. 272
12.2.23 AT+FTPLIST List Contents of Directory on the Remote Machine ....................... 272
12.2.24 AT+FTPGETTOFS Download File and Save in File System .............................. 273
12.2.25 AT+FTPPUTFRMFS Upload File from File System. ........................................... 274
12.2.26 AT+FTPEXTGET Extend Download File ............................................................ 275
12.2.27 AT+FTPFILEPUT Load File in RAM from File System then Upolad with FTPPUT
277
12.2.28 AT+FTPQUIT Quit Current FTP Session ............................................................ 277
13 AT Commands for Email Application ................................................................... 279

13.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 279
13.2.1 AT+EMAILCID Set Email Bearer Profile Identifier ..................................................... 280
13.2.2 AT+EMAILTO Set Timeout Value of SMTP/POP3 Server Response ......................... 280
13.2.3 AT+SMTPSRV Set SMTP Server Address and Port .................................................. 281
13.2.4 AT+SMTPAUTH Set User Name and Password for SMTP Authentication ................ 282
13.2.5 AT+SMTPFROM Set Sender Address and Name ..................................................... 283
13.2.6 AT+SMTPRCPT Set the Email Recipient(TO/CC/BCC) Address and Name ............. 283
13.2.7 AT+SMTPSUB Set the Email Subject ........................................................................ 284
13.2.8 AT+SMTPBODY Set the Email Body ......................................................................... 285
13.2.9 AT+SMTPFILE Set the Email Attachment.................................................................. 285

13.2.10 AT+SMTPSEND Send the Email ........................................................................ 286
13.2.11 AT+SMTPFT Transfer the Email Attachment ...................................................... 287
13.2.12 AT+SMTPCS Set the Email Charset .................................................................. 288
13.2.13 AT+POP3SRV Set POP3 Server and Account ................................................... 289
13.2.14 AT+POP3IN Log in POP3 Server ....................................................................... 290
13.2.15 AT+POP3NUM Get Email Number and Total Size.............................................. 291
13.2.16 AT+POP3LIST Get the Specific Email Size ........................................................ 291
13.2.17 AT+POP3UIDL Get the Specific Email Unique-id ............................................... 292
13.2.18 AT+POP3CMD Get Multi-line Response ............................................................ 293
13.2.19 AT+POP3READ Read Multi-line Response ........................................................ 295
13.2.20 AT+POP3DEL Mark the Specific Email to Delete ............................................... 296
13.2.21 AT+POP3RSET Unmark the Emails that Be Marked as Deleted........................ 297
13.2.22 AT+POP3OUT Log Out POP3 Server ................................................................ 297
14 AT Commands for MMS Application .................................................................... 299

14.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 299
14.2.1 AT+CMMSCURL Set the URL of the MMS Center .................................................... 300
14.2.2 AT+CMMSPROTO Set the Protocol Parameter and MMS Proxy .............................. 300
14.2.3 AT+CMMSCID Set the Network Parameters for MMS ............................................... 301
14.2.4 AT+CMMSSENDCFG Set the Parameters for Sending MMS ................................... 302
14.2.5 AT+CMMSEDIT Enter or Exit Edit Mode ................................................................... 303
14.2.6 AT+CMMSDOWN Download the File Data or Title from UART ................................. 304
14.2.7 AT+CMMSDELFILE Delete the File of the Edited MMS by File Index ....................... 305
14.2.8 AT+CMMSSEND Start MMS Sending ....................................................................... 306
14.2.9 AT+CMMSRECP Add Recipients .............................................................................. 306
14.2.10 AT+CMMSCC Add Copy Recipients................................................................... 307
14.2.11 AT+CMMSBCC Add Secret Recipients .............................................................. 308
14.2.12 AT+CMMSDELRECP Delete Recipients ............................................................ 308
14.2.13 AT+CMMSDELCC Delete Copy Recipients ........................................................ 309
14.2.14 AT+CMMSDELBCC Delete Secret Recipients ................................................... 309
14.2.15 AT+CMMSRECV Receive MMS ......................................................................... 310
14.2.16 AT+CMMSVIEW Get the MMS into Buffer and Show the Information ................ 311
14.2.17 AT+CMMSREAD Read the Given File of the MMS in the Buffer ........................ 312
14.2.18 AT+CMMSRDPUSH Read the Information of the MMS PUSH Message ........... 313
14.2.19 AT+CMMSUA Set User Agent ............................................................................ 314
14.2.20 AT+CMMSPROFILE Set User Agent Profile ....................................................... 315
14.2.21 AT+CMMSTIMEOUT Set MMS Timeout ............................................................. 315
14.2.22 AT+CMMSSTATUS Get MMS Status ................................................................. 316
14.2.23 AT+CMMSINIT Initialize MMS Function ............................................................. 317
14.2.24 AT+CMMSTERM Exit MMS Function ................................................................. 317
14.2.25 AT+CMMSSCONT Save MMS Context .............................................................. 318
15 AT Commands for DDET Application................................................................... 319

15. 1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 319
15.2.1 AT+DDET DTMF Detection Control ........................................................................... 319
16 AT Commands for RECORD Application ............................................................. 321

16.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 321
16.2.1 AT+CREC Record Operation ..................................................................................... 321
16.2.2 AT+CRECORD Record and Send Data to UART ...................................................... 324
17 AT Commands for TTS Application ..................................................................... 326

17.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 326
17.2.1 AT+CTTS TTS Operation .......................................................................................... 326
17.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Set Parameters of the TTS Playing .............................................. 327
17.2.3 AT+CTTSRING Enable/Disable TTS Play During Incoming Call Ring ....................... 328
18 Supported Unsolicited Result Codes .................................................................. 329

18.1 Summary of CME ERROR Codes ....................................................................................... 329
18.2 Summary of CMS ERROR Codes ....................................................................................... 332
18.3 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes ................................................................................ 335
19 AT Commands Examples .................................................................................... 339

19.1 Profile Commands ............................................................................................................... 339
19.2 SIM Commands ................................................................................................................... 340
19.3 General Commands ............................................................................................................ 343
19.4 Call Control Commands ...................................................................................................... 343
19.5 SIM Toolkit Commands........................................................................................................ 345
19.6 Audio Commands ................................................................................................................ 346
19.7 SMS Commands ................................................................................................................. 346
19.8 GPRS Commands ............................................................................................................... 347
19.9 TCPIP Commands............................................................................................................... 350
19.10 IP Commands ...................................................................................................................... 350
19.11 PING Commands ................................................................................................................ 350
19.12 HTTP and FTP Commands ................................................................................................. 351
19.13 EMAIL Commands .............................................................................................................. 351
19.14 MMS Commands ................................................................................................................. 351
19.15 DDET Commands ............................................................................................................... 353
19.16 RECORD Commands ......................................................................................................... 354
19.17 TTS Commands .................................................................................................................. 355
20 ATC Differences among SIM800 Series ............................................................. 357

20.1 AT+SIDET ........................................................................................................................... 357
20.2 AT+CMIC ............................................................................................................................. 357
20.3 AT+CBAND ......................................................................................................................... 358
20.4 AT+CHFA ............................................................................................................................ 358
20.5 AT+SGPIO........................................................................................................................... 359
20.6 AT+SJDR ............................................................................................................................ 359
20.7 AT+CREC ............................................................................................................................ 360
20.8 AT+CTTSPARAM ................................................................................................................ 360
20.9 AT+CADC ............................................................................................................................ 360

20.10 AT+CSCLK .......................................................................................................................... 361
20.11 AT+CMMSDOWN................................................................................................................ 361
20.12 AT+CFGRI ........................................................................................................................... 362
20.13 AT+CLCK ............................................................................................................................ 362
20.14 AT+CBATCHK ..................................................................................................................... 363
20.15 Only Part of Projects Support Following AT Commands ...................................................... 363
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope of the document
This document presents the AT Command Set for SIMCom SIM800 Series, including SIM800V, SIM840V,
SIM800W, SIM840W, SIM800W16, SIM840W16, SIM800L, SIM800H, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800G,
SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F, SIM800C-DS and SIM868.
1.2 Related documents
You can visit the SIMCom Website using the following link:
http://www.simcom.com
1.3 Conventions and abbreviations
In this document, the GSM engines are referred to as following term:

ME (Mobile Equipment);
MS (Mobile Station);
TA (Terminal Adapter);
DCE (Data Communication Equipment) or facsimile DCE (FAX modem, FAX board);
In application, controlling device controls the GSM engine by sending AT Command via its serial interface.
The controlling device at the other end of the serial line is referred to as following term:
TE (Terminal Equipment);
DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) or plainly "the application" which is running on an embedded system;
1.4 AT Command syntax
The "AT" or "at" or "aT" or "At" prefix must be set at the beginning of each Command line. To terminate a
Command line enter <CR>.
Commands are usually followed by a response that includes. "<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>"

Throughout this document, only the responses are presented,<CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.
The AT Command set implemented by SIM7080 Series is a combination of 3GPP TS 27.005, 3GPP TS
27.007 and ITU-T recommendation V.25ter and the AT commands developed by SIMCom.
NOTE
A HEX string such as "00 49 49 49 49 FF FF FF FF" will be sent out through serial port at the baud rate
of 115200 immediately after SIM800 Series is powered on. The string shall be ignored since it is used
for synchronization with PC tool. Only enter AT Command through serial port after SIM800 Series is
powered on and Unsolicited Result Code "RDY" is received from serial port. If auto-bauding is enabled,
the Unsolicited Result Codes "RDY" and so on are not indicated when you start up the ME, and the "AT"
prefix, or "at" prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line.
All these AT commands can be split into three categories syntactically: "basic", "S parameter", and
"extended". These are as follows:
1.4.1 Basic syntax
These AT commands have the format of "AT<x><n>", or "AT&<x><n>", where "<x>"is the Command, and
"<n>"is/are the argument(s) for that Command. An example of this is "ATE<n>", which tells the DCE
whether received characters should be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of "<n>". "<n>" is
optional and a default will be used if missing.
1.4.2 S Parameter syntax
These AT commands have the format of "ATS<n>=<m>", where "<n>" is the index of the S register to set,
and "<m>" is the value to assign to it. "<m>" is optional; if it is missing, then a default value is assigned.
1.4.3 Extended Syntax
These commands can operate in several modes, as in the following table:
Table 1: Types of AT commands and responses

The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value
Test Command ranges set with the corresponding Write Command or by internal
processes.
AT+<x>=?
Read Command This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or
parameters.
AT+<x>?
Write Command This command sets the user-definable parameter values.
AT+<x>=<…>
The execution command reads non-variable parameters affected
Execution Command
by internal processes in the GSM engine.
AT+<x>
1.4.4 Combining AT commands on the same Command line
You can enter several AT commands on the same line. In this case, you do not need to type the "AT" or "at"
prefix before every command. Instead, you only need type "AT" or "at" the beginning of the command line.
Please note to use a semicolon as the command delimiter after an extended command; in basic syntax or S
parameter syntax, the semicolon need not enter, for example:
ATE1Q0S0=1S3=13V1X4;+IFC=0,0;+IPR=115200.
The Command line buffer can accept a maximum of 556 characters (counted from the first command
without "AT" or "at" prefix) or 39 AT commands. If the characters entered exceeded this number then none
of the Command will executed and TA will return "ERROR".
1.4.5 Entering successive AT commands on separate lines
When you need to enter a series of AT commands on separate lines, please Note that you need to wait the
final response (for example OK, CME error, CMS error) of last AT Command you entered before you enter
the next AT Command.
1.5 Supported character sets
The SIM7080 Series AT Command interface defaults to the IRA character set. The SIM7080 Series
supports the following character sets:
GSM format
UCS2
HEX
IRA
PCCP
PCDN
8859-1
The character set can be set and interrogated using the "AT+CSCS" Command (3GPP TS 27.007). The
character set is defined in GSM specification 3GPP TS 27.005.
The character set affects transmission and reception of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast messages, the entry
and display of phone book entries text field and SIM Application Toolkit alpha strings.
1.6 Flow control
Flow control is very important for correct communication between the GSM engine and DTE. For in the
case such as a data or fax call, the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready
to accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity, the receiving device should be capable to cause
the sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to achieve data flow control: software flow control and hardware flow
control. SIM7080 Series support both two kinds of flow control.
In Multiplex mode, it is recommended to use the hardware flow control.
1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/XOFF flow control)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal 17)
data flow. It is quite useful in some applications that only use three wires on the serial interface.
The default flow control approach of SIM7080 Series is hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control), to
enable software flow control in the DTE interface and within GSM engine, type the following AT Command:
AT+IFC=1,1
This setting is stored volatile, for use after restart, AT+IFC=1, 1 should be stored to the user profile with
AT&W.
NOTE
The AT commands listed in the table of AT&W chapter should be stored to user profile with AT&W for
use after restart. Most other AT commands in V.25, 3GPP TS 27.005, 3GPP TS 27.007, GPRS will
store parameters automatically and can be used after module restart.
1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)
Hardware flow control achieves the data flow control by controlling the RTS/CTS line. When the data
transfer should be suspended, the CTS line is set inactive until the transfer from the receiving buffer has
completed. When the receiving buffer is ok to receive more data, CTS goes active once again.
To achieve hardware flow control, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your application platform.
1.7 Definitions
1.7.1 Parameter Saving Mode
For the purposes of the present document, the following syntactical definitions apply:
 NO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be lost if module is rebooted or current AT
command doesn't have parameter.
 AUTO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM automatically, and it
won't be lost if module is rebooted.
 AT&W_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM by sending the
command of "AT&W".
 -: "-" means this AT command does not care the parameter saving mode.
1.7.2 Max Response Time
Max response time is estimated maximum time to get response, the unit is seconds.
"-" means this AT command does not care the response time.
2 AT Commands According to
V.25TER
2.1 Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER
Command Description
A/ Re-issues the last command given
ATA Answer an incoming call
ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number
ATD><N> Originate call to phone number in current memory
ATD><STR> Originate call to phone number in memory <str>
ATDL Redial last telephone number used
ATE Set command echo mode
ATH Disconnect existing connection
ATI Display product identification information
ATL Set monitor speaker loudness
ATM Set monitor speaker mode
+++ Switch from data mode or ppp online mode to command mode
ATO Switch from command mode to data mode
ATP Select pulse dialling
ATQ Set result code presentation mode
ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically answering the call
ATS3 Set command line termination character
ATS4 Set response formatting character
ATS5 Set command line editing character
ATS6 Pause before blind dialling
ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion
Set number of seconds to wait for comma dial modifier encountered in dial
ATS8
string of D command
ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier
ATT Select tone dialing
ATV TA response format
ATX Set connect result code format and monitor call progress
ATZ Reset default configuration
AT&C Set DCD function mode
AT&D Set DTR function mode

AT&F Factory defined configuration
AT&V Display current configuration
AT&W Store active profile
AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list
AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification
AT+GMM Request TA model identification
AT+GMR Request TA revision identification of software release
AT+GOI Request global object identification
AT+GSN Request TA serial number identification (IMEI)
AT+ICF Set TE-TA control character framing
AT+IFC Set TE-TA local data flow control
AT+IPR Set TE-TA fixed local rate
AT+HVOIC Disconnect voice call only
2.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands According to V.25TER
2.2.1 A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given
A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given

Execution Command Response
A/ Re-issues the previous Command
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.2 ATA Answer an Incoming Call
ATA Answer an Incoming Call

Response
TA sends off-hook to the remote station.
Note1: Any additional commands on the same Command line are ignored.
Note2: This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character
Execution Command during execution. The aborting is not possible during some states of
ATA connection establishment such as handshaking.
Response in case of data call, if successfully connected

CONNECT<text> TA switches to data mode.
Note: <text> output only if ATX<value> parameter setting with the
<value>>0
When TA returns to Command mode after call release
OK
Response in case of voice call, if successfully connected

OK
Response if no connection
NO CARRIER
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
20s(voice call)
Max Response Time
Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
Reference Note
V.25ter See also ATX
2.2.3 ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number
ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number

Response
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or fax calls. It
also serves to control supplementary services.
Note: This command may be aborted generally by receiving an ATH
Command or a character during execution. The aborting is not possible
during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking.
If error is related to ME functionality

+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dial tone and (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4)

NO DIALTONE
Execution Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm][;] If busy and (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4)
BUSY
If a connection cannot be established

NO CARRIER
If the remote station does not answer

NO ANSWER
If connection successful and non-voice call.

<value> >0
When TA returns to command mode after call release

OK
If connection successful and voice call
OK
Parameters
<n> String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers dialing
digits: 0-9, * , #, +, A, B, C
Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored:
,(comma), T, P, !, W, @
Emergency call:
<n> Standardized emergency number 112 (no SIM needed)
<mgsm> String of GSM modifiers:
I Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called
party)
i Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called
party)
G Activates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
g Deactivates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
<;> Only required to set up voice call , return to Command state
20s(voice call)
Max Response Time
Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
Note
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *# code is within the dial string
<n> is default for last number that can be dialed by ATDL
*# codes sent with ATD are treated as voice calls. Therefore, the Command
must be terminated with a semicolon ";"
See ATX Command for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
Responses returned after dialing with ATD

For voice call two different responses mode can be determined. TA returns
Reference "OK" immediately either after dialing was completed or after the call is
V.25ter established. The setting is controlled by AT+COLP. Factory default is
AT+COLP=0, this cause the TA returns "OK" immediately after dialing was
completed, otherwise TA will returns "OK", "BUSY", "NO DIAL TONE", "NO
CARRIER".
Using ATD during an active voice call:

When a user originates a second voice call while there is already an active
voice call, the first call will be automatically put on hold.
The current states of all calls can be easily checked at any time by using the
AT+CLCC Command.
2.2.4 ATD><n> Originate Call to Phone Number in Current Memory
ATD><n> Originate Call to Phone Number in Current Memory

Response
This command can be used to dial a phone number from current phonebook
memory.
command or a character during execution. The aborting is not possible

+CME ERROR: <err>

NO DIALTONE
If busy and (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4)

BUSY

NO CARRIER

Execution Command NO ANSWER
ATD><n>[<clir>][<cug
>][;] If connection successful and non-voice call.
<value> >0

OK
If successfully connected and voice call

OK
Parameters
<n> Integer type memory location should be in the range of locations
available in the memory used
<clir>
I Override the CLIR supplementary service subscription
default value for this call
Invocation (restrict CLI presentation)
i Override the CLIR supplementary service subscription
default value for this call
Suppression (allow CLI presentation)
<cug>
G Control the CUG supplementary service information for
this call
CUG Not supported
g Control the CUG supplementary service information for
this call
CUG Not supported
<;> Only required to set up voice call , return to command state
Max Response Time -
Note
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *# code is within the dial string
Reference
*# codes sent with ATD are treated as voice calls. Therefore, the command
V.25ter
2.2.5 ATD><str> Originate Call to Phone Number in Memory <str>
ATD><str> Originate Call to Phone Number in Memory <str>

Response
This command make the TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to stored
number.
All available memories are searched for the entry <str>.

+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command If no dial tone and (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4)

ATD><str>[<clir>][<cu NO DIALTONE
g>][;]
BUSY

NO CARRIER

NO ANSWER


<value> >0

OK

OK
Parameters
<str> String type (string should be included in quotation marks) value
("x"), which should equal to an alphanumeric field in at least one phone
book entry in the searched memories. <str> formatted as current TE
character set specified by +CSCS.
I Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called
party)
i Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to
called party)
G Activates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
g Deactivates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
<;> Only required to set up voice call, return to Command state
Max Response Time -
Note
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no "*#" code is within the dial string
Reference
*# codes sent with ATD are treated as voice calls. Therefore, the Command
V.25ter
2.2.6 ATDL Redial Last Telephone Number Used
ATDL Redial Last Telephone Number Used

Response
This command redials the last voice and data call number used.
Execution Command
ATDL If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR: <err>

NO DIALTONE

BUSY

NO CARRIER

NO ANSWER

<value> >0
When TA returns to Command mode after call release

OK

OK
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference See ATX Command for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
V.25ter Return the numbers and symbols which ATD supports if there is no last
dialing context.
2.2.7 ATE Set Command Echo Mode
ATE Set Command Echo Mode

Response
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes characters received
from TE during Command state.
Execution Command
OK
ATE<value>
Parameters
<value> 0 Echo mode off
1 Echo mode on
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.8 ATH Disconnect Existing Connection
ATH Disconnect Existing Connection

Response
Disconnect existing call by local TE from Command line and terminate call
Execution Command
OK
ATH
Note: OK is issued after circuit 109(DCD) is turned off, if it was previously
on.
Max Response Time 20s
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.9 ATI Display Product Identification Information
ATI Display Product Identification Information

Response
TA issues product information text
Execution Command Example:
ATI SIM800 R11.08
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.10 ATL Set Monitor speaker loudness
ATL Set Monitor speaker loudness

Response
Execution Command OK
ATL<value> Parameters
<value> 0..9 Volume
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter No effect in GSM
2.2.11 ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode
ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode

Response
ATM<value> Parameters
<value> 0..9 Mode
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
2.2.12 +++ Switch from Data Mode or PPP Online Mode to Command Mode
+++ Switch from Data Mode or PPP Online Mode to Command Mode
Response
The +++ character sequence causes the TA to cancel the data flow over the
AT interface and switch to Command mode. This allows you to enter AT
Command while maintaining the data connection to the remote server.
OK
Execution Command
+++ To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it
should comply to following sequence:
No characters entered for T1 time (1 second)
"+++" characters entered with no characters in between (1 second)
No characters entered for T1 timer (1 second)
Switch to Command mode, otherwise go to step 1.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter To return from Command mode back to data mode: Enter ATO.
2.2.13 ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode
ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode

Response
TA resumes the connection and switches back from command mode to data
mode.
Execution Command CONNECT
ATO[n] If connection is not successfully resumed
ERROR
else
TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT <text>
Note: <text> only if parameter setting ATX>0

Parameter
<n> 0 Switch from command mode to data mode.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.14 ATP Select Pulse Dialling
ATP Select Pulse Dialling

Response
Execution Command
OK
ATP
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
2.2.15 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA transmits any
result code to the TE. Information text transmitted in response is not
affected by this setting.
If <n>=0:
Execution Command
OK
ATQ<n>
If <n>=1:
(none)
Parameters
<n> 0 TA transmits result code
1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.16 ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering the Call
ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering the Call

Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS0? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before auto-answer.
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
ATS0=<n>
Parameters
<n> 0 Automatic answering is disable.
1-255 Number of rings the modem will wait for before answering
the phone if a ring is detected.
Max Response Time -
Note
If <n> is set too high, the calling party may hang up before the call can be
answered automatically.
Reference
If using cmux port, ATH and AT+CHUP can hang up the call (automatically
V.25ter
answering) only in the CMUX channel 0.
If using dual-physical serial port, ATH and AT+CHUP can hang up the call
(automatically answering) only in UART1.
2.2.17 ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character
ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character

Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS3? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA to
terminate an incoming command line. The TA also returns this character in
Write Command
output.
ATS3=<n>
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 13 Command line termination character
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter Default 13=CR. It only supports default value.
2.2.18 ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character
ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character

Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS4? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the character generated by the TA for
result code and information text.
Write Command OK
ATS4=<n> or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 10 Response formatting character
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter Default 10=LF. It only supports default value.
2.2.19 ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character
ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character

Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS5? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA as a
Write Command
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
ATS5=<n>
character.
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 0-8-127 Response formatting character
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter Default 8=Backspace.
2.2.20 ATS6 Pause Before Blind Dialling
ATS6 Pause Before Blind Dialling

Response
Read Command <n>
ATS6?
OK
Response
OK
Write Command or
ATS6=<n> ERROR
Parameters
<n> 0-2-999 Time
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
2.2.21 ATS7 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion
ATS7 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion

Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS7? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the amount of time to wait for the
connection completion in case of answering or originating a call.
Write Command
OK
ATS7=<n>
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 1-60-255 Number of seconds to wait for connection completion

Max Response Time -
Note
If called party has specified a high value for ATS0=<n>, call setup may fail.
Reference
The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important
V.25ter
Example: Call may fail if ATS7=30 and ATS0=20.
ATS7 is only applicable to data call.
2.2.22 ATS8 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier Encountered in
Dial String of D Command
ATS8 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier Encountered in Dial
String of D Command
Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS8? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
ATS8=<n>
Parameters
<n> 0-2-255 The value of this register determines how long the
modem should pause when it sees a comma in the dialing string.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
2.2.23 ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier
ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier
Response
<n>
Read Command
ATS10? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
This parameter setting determines the amount of time that the TA will
ATS10=<n> remain connected in absence of data carrier. If the data carrier is once more
detected before disconnecting, the TA remains connected.
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 1-15-254 Number of tenths seconds of delay
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.24 ATT Select Tone Dialing
ATT Select Tone Dialing

ATT OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.25 ATV TA Response Format
ATV TA Response Format

Response
This parameter setting determines the contents of the header and trailer
transmitted with result codes and information responses.
When <value>=0
0
When <value>=1
Execution Command
OK
ATV<value>
Parameters
<value> 0 Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
1 Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code>
<CR><LF>
The result codes, their numeric equivalents and brief descriptions of the use
of each are listed in the following table.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
ATV1 ATV0 Description

OK 0 Acknowledges execution of a Command
A connection has been established; the DCE is moving from
CONNECT 1
Command state to online data state
RING 2 The DCE has detected an incoming call signal from network
The connection has been terminated or the attempt to establish
NO CARRIER 3
a connection failed
Command not recognized, Command line maximum length
ERROR 4 exceeded, parameter value invalid, or other problem with
processing the Command line
NO DIALTONE 6 No dial tone detected
BUSY 7 Engaged (busy) signal detected
"@" (Wait for Quiet Answer) dial modifier was used, but remote
NO ANSWER 8 ringing followed by five seconds of silence was not detected
before expiration of the connection timer (S7)
PROCEEDING 9 An AT command is being processed
Same as CONNECT, but includes manufacturer-specific text
Manufacturer-
CONNECT <text> that may specify DTE speed, line speed, error control, data
specific
compression, or other status
2.2.26 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA detected the
presence of dial tone and busy signal and whether or not TA transmits
particular result codes.
OK
or
Execution Command ERROR
ATX<value> Parameters
<value>
0 CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection
are both disabled.
1 CONNECT<text> result code only returned, dial tone and busy
detection are both disabled.
2 CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is
enabled, busy detection is disabled.

3 CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is
disabled, busy detection is enabled.
4 CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone and busy detection
are both enabled.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.27 ATZ Reset Default Configuration
ATZ Reset Default Configuration

Response
TA sets all current parameters to the user defined profile.
OK
Execution Command
or
ATZ[<value>]
ERROR
Parameters
<value> 0 Restore profile 0
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
Parameter impacted by Z command: refer to AT&W

NOTE:
Parameters related to uart operation, like csclk, ipr, icf, ifc and cmnrp, will not be reset to default
configuration.
2.2.28 AT&C Set DCD Function Mode
AT&C Set DCD Function Mode

Response
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109 (DCD) relates to the
detection of received line signal from the distant end.
OK
Execution Command
or
AT&C<value>
ERROR
Parameters
<value> 0 DCD line is always ON
1 DCD line is ON only in the presence of data carrier
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.29 AT&D Set DTR Function Mode
AT&D Set DTR Function Mode

Response
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit 108/2 (DTR)
is changed from the ON to the OFF condition during data mode.
OK
or
AT&D[<value>] Parameters
<value> 0 TA ignores status on DTR.
1 ON->OFF on DTR: Change to Command mode with
remaining the connected call.
2 ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect call, change to Command
mode. During state DTR=OFF is auto-answer off.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.30 AT&F Factory Defined Configuration
AT&F Factory Defined Configuration

Response
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile.
Execution Command
OK
AT&F[<value>]
Parameters
<value> 0 Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
Parameter impacted by &F command: refer to AT&W

NOTE:
Parameters related to uart operation, like csclk, ipr, icf, ifc and cmnrp, will not be reset to default
configuration.
2.2.31 AT&V Display Current Configuration
AT&V Display Current Configuration

Response
TA returns the current parameter setting.
<current configurations text>
AT&V[<n>] or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 0 Responses in numeric format
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.32 AT&W Store Active Profile
AT&W Store Active Profile

Response
TA stores the current parameter setting in the user defined profile.
OK
Execution Command
or
AT&W[<n>]
ERROR
Parameters
<n> 0 Store the current configuration in profile 0
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter The user defined profile is stored in non volatile memory.
Parameter stored by &W

Command Parameter name Displayedby &V
ATS0 <num> Y
ATS3 <char> Y
ATS4 <char> Y
ATS5 <char> Y
ATS6 <short> Y
ATS7 <time> Y
ATS8 <time> Y
ATS10 <time> Y
AT+CBST <speed>,<name>,<ce> Y
AT+CRLP <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2> Y
ATV <format> Y
ATE <echo> Y
ATQ <result> Y
ATX <result> Y
AT&C <behavior> Y
AT&D <behavior> Y
AT+CLTS <timestamp> Y
AT+CREG <n> Y
AT+CGREG <n> Y
AT+CMEE <n> Y
AT+CSCLK <n> Y
AT+CIURC <mode> Y
AT+CFGRI <mode> Y
AT+CANT <mode>,<UrcEnable>,<timer> Y
AT+STKPCIS <switch> Y
AT+CMGF <mode> Y
AT+CNMI <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> Y
AT+CSCS <chest> Y
AT+VTD <n> Y
AT+CALS <n> Y
AT+CHF <ind> Y
AT+CAAS <mode> Y
AT+CBUZZERRING <mode> Y
AT+DDET <n> Y
AT+MORING <mode> Y
AT+SVR <voice_rate_coding> Y
AT+CCPD <mode> Y
AT+CSGS <mode> Y
AT+CNETLIGHT <mode> Y
AT+SLEDS <mode>,<timer_on>,<timer_off> Y
AT+CSDT <mode> Y
AT+CSMINS <n> Y
AT+EXUNSOL <exunsol> Y
AT+IPR <n> Y
AT+IFC <TA_by_TE>,<TE_by_TA> Y
AT+ICF <format>,<parity> Y
AT+SD2PCM <mode> Y
AT+CMNRP <mode> Y
AT+ECHARGE <n> Y
AT+SIMTIMER <time> Y
AT+CSNS <mode> Y
AT+FSHEX <n> Y
2.2.33 AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List
AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List

Response
TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
+GCAP: list of supported <name>s
Execution Command
AT+GCAP
OK
Parameters
<name> +CGSM GSM function is supported
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.34 AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification
AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification

Response
Test Command OK
AT+GMI=? Parameters
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to
identify the manufacturer.
Execution Command
SIMCOM_Ltd
AT+GMI
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.35 AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification
AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification

Test Command Response
AT+GMM=? OK
Execution Command
identify the specific model of device.
AT+GMM <model>
OK
Parameters
<model> Product model identification text
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.36 AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release

AT+GMR=? OK
identify the revision of software release.
Revision: <revision>
Execution Command
AT+GMR
OK
Parameters
<revision> Revision of software release
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.37 AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification
AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification

AT+GOI=? OK
Response
Execution Command TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to
AT+GOI identify the device, based on the ISO system for registering unique object
identifiers.
<Object Id>
OK
Parameters
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
see X.208, 209 for the format of <Object Id>
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.38 AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification (IMEI)
AT+GSN Request TA Serial Number Identification(IMEI)

AT+GSN=? OK
Response
TA reports the IMEI (international mobile equipment identifier) number in
information text which permit the user to identify the individual ME device.
<sn>
Execution Command
AT+GSN
OK
Parameters
<sn> IMEI of the telephone(International Mobile station Equipment
Identity)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter The serial number (IMEI) is varied by individual ME device.
2.2.39 AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing
AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing

Response
+ICF: (list of supported <format>s),(list of supported <parity>s)
Test Command
AT+ICF=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+ICF: <format>,<parity>
AT+ICF?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the serial interface character framing
format and parity received by TA from TE.
OK
Parameters
Write Command <format> 1 8 data 0 parity 2 stop
AT+ICF=<format>[,<pa 2 8 data 1 parity 1 stop
rity>] 3 8 data 0 parity 1 stop
4 7 data 0 parity 2 stop
<parity> 0 odd
1 even
3 space (0)
Max Response Time -
Note
The Command is applied for Command state;
Reference
In <format> parameter, "0 parity" means no parity;
V.25ter
The <parity> field is ignored if the <format> field specifies no parity and
string "+ICF: <format>,255" will be response to "AT+ICF? " Command.
2.2.40 AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control
AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control

Response
+IFC: (list of supported <dce_by_dte>s),(list of supported <dte_by_dce>s)
Test Command
AT+IFC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+IFC: <dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
Read Command
AT+IFC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
This parameter setting determines the data flow control on the serial
AT+IFC=<dce_by_dte>
interface for data mode.
[,<dte_by_dce>] OK
Parameters
<dce_by_dte> Specifies the method will be used by TE at receive of
data from TA
0 No flow control
1 Software flow control
2 Hardware flow control
<dte_by_dce> Specifies the method will be used by TA at receive of data
from TE
0 No flow control
1 Software flow control
2 Hardware flow control
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
2.2.41 AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate
AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate

Response
+IPR: (list of supported auto detectable <rate>s),(list of supported
fixed-only <rate>s)
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+IPR: <rate>
Read Command
AT+IPR? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines the data rate of the TA on the serial
interface. The rate of Command takes effect following the issuance of any
result code associated with the current Command line.
OK
Write Command
Parameters
AT+IPR=<rate>
<rate> Baud rate per second
0 (Auto-bauding)
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
230400
460800
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter Factory setting is "AT+IPR=0"(auto-bauding).
2.2.41.1 Auto-bauding
Synchronization between DTE and DCE ensure that DTE and DCE are correctly synchronized and the
baud rate used by the DTE is detected by the DCE (= ME).To allow the baud rate to be synchronized,
simply issue an "AT" string. This is necessary when you start up the module while auto-bauding is enabled.
It is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before sending the first AT character. Otherwise undefined
characters might be returned.
If you want to use auto-bauding and auto-answer at the same time, you can easily enable the DTE-DCE
synchronization, when you activate auto-bauding first and then configure the auto-answer mode.
Restrictions on auto-bauding operation
The serial interface has to be operated at 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit (factory setting).
Only the strings "AT" or "at" can be detected when auto-bauding is enabled.
AT+IPR=0 setting to auto-bauding will take effect after module resets.
Unsolicited Result Codes that may be issued before the ME detects the new baud rate (by receiving the first
AT Command string) will be sent at the previously detected baud rate.The Unsolicited Result Codes "RDY"
and so on are not indicated when you start up the ME while auto-bauding is enabled.
It is not recommended to switch to auto-bauding from a baud rate that cannot be detected by the
auto-bauding mechanism (e.g. 300 baud). Responses to +IPR=0 and any commands on the same line
might be corrupted.
Auto-bauding and baud rate after restart
The most recently detected baud rate can not be stored when module is powered down.
2.2.42 AT+HVOIC Disconnect Voice Call Only
AT+HVOIC Disconnect Voice Call Only

Response
Execution Command Disconnect existing voice call by local TE from Command line and terminate
AT+HVOIC call with existing PPP or CSD connection on.
OK
Reference Note
V.25ter
3 AT Commands According to 3GPP

TS 27.007
3.1 Overview of AT Command According to 3GPP TS 27.007
Command Description
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter(ACM) reset or query
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum(ACM max) set or query
AT+CAOC Advice of charge
AT+CBST Select bearer service type
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control
AT+CCWA Call waiting control
AT+CEER Extended error report
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
AT+CGMM Request model identification
AT+CGMR Request TA revision identification of software release
AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification (identical with +GSN)
AT+CSCS Select TE character set
AT+CSTA Select type of address
AT+CHLD Call hold and multiparty
AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity
AT+CLCC List current calls of ME
AT+CLCK Facility lock
AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation
AT+COPS Operator selection
AT+CPAS Phone activity status
AT+CPBF Find phonebook entries
AT+CPBR Read current phonebook entries
AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage
AT+CPBW Write phonebook entry
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
AT+CPWD Change password
AT+CR Service reporting control
AT+CRC Set cellular result codes for incoming call indication
AT+CREG Network registration
AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol parameters
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access
AT+CSQ Signal quality report

AT+VTD Tone duration
AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
AT+CMUX Multiplexer control
AT+CNUM Subscriber number
AT+CPOL Preferred operator list
AT+COPN Read operator names
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
AT+CCLK Clock
AT+CSIM Generic SIM access
AT+CALM Alert sound mode
AT+CALS Alert sound select
AT+CRSL Ringer sound level
AT+CLVL Loud speaker volume level
AT+CMUT Mute control
AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
AT+CCWE Call meter maximum event
AT+CBC Battery charge
AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data
AT+CSSN Supplementary services notification
3.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Command According to 3GPP TS 27.007
3.2.1 AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter (ACM) Reset or Query
AT+CACM Accumulated Call Meter(ACM) Reset or Query

AT+CACM=? OK
Response
TA returns the current value of ACM.
+CACM: <acm>
OK
Read Command If error is related to ME functionality:
AT+CACM? +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<acm> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); three
bytes of the current ACM value in hexa-decimal format (e.g. "00001E"
indicates decimal value 30)
000000 – FFFFFF
Response
TA resets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter (ACM) value
in SIM file EF (ACM). ACM contains the total number of home units for both
the current and preceding calls.
Write Command OK
AT+CACM=<passwd> If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<passwd> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):
SIM PIN2
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.2 AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum (ACM max) Set or Query
AT+CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum(ACM max) Set or Query

AT+CAMM=? OK
Response
TA returns the current value of ACM max.
+CAMM: <acmmax>
Read Command
OK
AT+CAMM?
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA sets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter maximum
value in SIM file EF (ACM max). ACM max contains the maximum number
of home units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber.
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CAMM=<acmmax>
[,<passwd>]
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<acmmax> String type (string should be included in quotation marks);
three bytes of the max. ACM value in hex-decimal format (e.g. "00001E"
indicates decimal value 30)
000000 disable ACMmax feature
000001-FFFFFF
<passwd> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
SIM PIN2
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.3 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge
AT+CAOC Advice of Charge

Response
+CAOC: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CAOC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CAOC: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CAOC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA sets the Advice of Charge supplementary service function mode.
If <mode>=0, TA returns the current call meter value
+CAOC: <ccm>
OK
If <mode>=1, TA deactivates the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
OK
If <mode>=2, TA activates the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
OK
Write Command
or
AT+CAOC=<mode>
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode> 0 Query CCM value
1 Deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
2 Activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
<ccm> String type (string should be included in quotation marks);
three bytes of the current CCM value in hex-decimal format (e.g. "00001E"
indicates decimal value 30); bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in
the SIM 000000-FFFFFF

Response
Execution Command +CAOC: <ccm>
AT+CAOC
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.4 AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type
AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type

Response
+CBST: (list of supported <speed>s),(list of supported <name>s),(list of
supported <ce>s)
Test Command
AT+CBST=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce>
Read Command
AT+CBST? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA selects the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and the
connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated.
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<speed> 0 Auto-bauding (automatic selection of the speed; this
Write Command
setting is possible in case of 3.1kHz modern and non-transparent service)
AT+CBST=<speed>[,<
4 2400 bps (V.22bis)
name>[,<ce>]]
5 2400 bps (V.26ter)
6 4800 bps (V.32)
7 9600 bps (V.32)
12 9600 bps (V.34)
14 14400 bps (V.34)
68 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)

<name> 0 Data circuit asynchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem)
4 Data circuit asynchronous (RDI)
<ce> 0 Transparent
1 Non-transparent
2 Both, transparent prefered
3 Both, non-transparent prefered
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [14] GSM 02.02[1]: lists the allowed combinations of the sub parameters.
3.2.5 AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control
AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control

Response
+CCFC: (list of supported <reason>s)
Test Command
AT+CCFC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration,erasure,
activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
Only ,<reads> and <mode> should be entered with mode (0-2,4)
If <mode>≠2 and Command successful
OK
If <mode>=2 and Command successful (only in connection with <reason>
0-3)
For registered call forwarding numbers:
Write Command when <mode>=2 and command successful:
AT+CCFC=<reason>,< +CCFC:
mode>[,<number>[,<ty <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]]
pe>[,<class>[,<subadd [<CR><LF>+CCFC:
r>[,<satype>[,time]]]]]]
<status>,<class2>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]][
…]
OK
If no call forwarding numbers are registered (and therefore all classes are
inactive):
+CCFC: <status>,<class>
OK
where <status>=0 and <class>=7
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<reason> 0 Unconditional
1 Mobile busy
2 No reply
3 Not reachable
4 All call forwarding
5 All conditional call forwarding
<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Query status
3 Registration
4 Erasure
<number> String type (Phone number of forwarding address in format
specified by <type>)
<type> Type of address
<subaddr> String type (subaddress of format specified by <satype>)
<satype> Type of sub-address in integer
<class> 1 Voice (telephony)
2 Data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may
refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values
16, 32, 64 and 128)
4 Fax (facsimile services)
7 All classes
<time> 1..30 When "no reply" is enabled or queried, this gives the time
in seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value is 20.Supported
only if it is multiples of 5.
<status>
0 Not active
1 Active
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007
3.2.6 AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control

Response
+CCWA: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CCWA=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CCWA: <n>
Read Command
AT+CCWA? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA controls the Call Waiting supplementary service. Activation, deactivation
and status query are supported.
If <mode>≠2 and Command successful
OK
If <mode>=2 and Command successful
+CCWA: <status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CCWA: <status>,<class2>[...]]
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Note: <status>=0 should be returned only if service is not active for any
<class> i.e. +CCWA: 0, 7 will be returned in this case.
When mode=2, all active call waiting classes will be reported. In this mode
the Command is aborted by pressing any key.
Write Command Parameters
AT+CCWA=<n>[,<mod <n> 0 Disable presentation of an unsolicited result code
e>[,<class>]] 1 Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
<mode> When <mode> parameter not given, network is not
interrogated
0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Query status
<class> Is a sum of integers each representing a class of information
1 Voice (telephony)
2 Data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may
refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64
and 128
7 Default(1+2+4)
<status> 0 Not active
1 Active
Unsolicited result code
RING
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>]
Parameters
<number> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format;
129 Unknown type
161 National number type
145 International number type
177 Network specific number
<alpha> Optional string type (string should be included in quotation marks)
alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found
in phone book.
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007
3.2.7 AT+CEER Extended Error Report
AT+CEER Extended Error Report

Response
+CEER: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CEER=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CEER: <n>
Read Command
AT+CEER? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
Parameter
AT+CEER=<n>
<n> 0 The reason for last call release as text code
1 The reason for last call release as number code
Response
TA returns an extended report of the reason for the last call release.
+CEER: <report>
Execution Command
AT+CEER OK
Parameters
<report> If AT+CEER=0, return <s>
<s> a string that represents the Cause
If AT+CEER=1, return
Cause:<c>
<c> number representing the Cause
Parameters
<c>(number) <s>(string)
0 (No cause)
1 (unassigned (unallocated) number)
3 (no route to destination)
6 (channel unacceptable)
8 (operator determined barring)
16 (normal call clearing)
17 (user busy)
18 (no user responding)
19 (user alerting, no answer)
21 (call rejected)
22 (number changed)
26 (non-selected user clearing)
27 (destination out of order)
28 (invalid number format (incomplete number))
29 (facility rejected)
30 (response to STATUS ENQUIRY)
31 (normal, unspecified)
34 (emergency call not possible)
38 (network out of order)
41 (temporary failure)
42 (switching equipment congestion)
43 (access information discarded)
44 (requested circuit/channel not available)
47 (resource unavailable, unspecified)
49 (quality of service unavailable)
50 (Requested facility not subscribed)
55 (Incoming calls barred within the CUG)
57 (bearer capability not authorized)
58 (bearer capability not presently available)
63 (service or option not available, unspecified)
68 (ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax)
65 (bearer service not implemented)
69 (Requested facility not implemented)
70 (only restricted digital information bearer capability is
available)
79 (service or option not implemented,unspecified)
81 (invalid transaction identifier value)
87 (user not member of CUG)
88 (incompatible destination)
91 (invalid transit network selection)
95 (semantically incorrect message)
96 (invalid mandatory information)

97 (message type non-existent or not implemented)
98 (message type not compatible with protocol state)
99 (information element non-existent or not implemented)
100 (conditional IE error)
101 (message not compatible with protocol state)
102 (recovery on timer expiry)
111 (protocol error, unspecified)
127 (interworking, unspecified)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.8 AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification
AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification

AT+CGMI=? OK
Response
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
<manufacturer>
Execution Command
AT+CGMI
OK
Parameters
<manufacturer> The ID of manufacturer
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.9 AT+CGMM Request Model Identification
AT+CGMM Request Model Identification

AT+CGMM=? OK
Response
TA returns product model identification text.
Execution Command <model>
AT+CGMM
OK
Parameters
<model> Product model identification text

Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.10 AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release

AT+CGMR=? OK
Response
TA returns product software version identification text.
Revision: <revision>
Execution Command
AT+CGMR
OK
Parameters
<revision> Product software version identification text
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.11 AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical with +GSN)
AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical with +GSN)

AT+CGSN=? OK
Response
see +GSN
<sn>
Execution Command
AT+CGSN
OK
Parameters
<sn> International mobile equipment identity (IMEI)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.12 AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set
AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set

Response
+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)
OK
Parameters
<chset> "GSM" GSM 7 bit default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038);
"UCS2" 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set
(ISO/IEC10646); UCS2 character strings are converted to
Test Command hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF; e.g. "004100620063"
AT+CSCS=? equals three 16-bit characters with decimal values 65, 98 and
99
"IRA" International reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)
"HEX" Character strings consist only of hexadecimal
bers from 00 to FF;
"PCCP" PC character set Code
"PCDN" PC Danish/Norwegian character set
"8859-1" ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set
Response
+CSCS: <chset>
Read Command
AT+CSCS? OK
Parameters
See Test Command
Response
Sets which character set <chset> are used by the TE. The TA can then
convert character strings correctly between the TE and ME character sets.
Write Command OK
AT+CSCS=<chset> If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Test Command
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.13 AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
AT+CSTA Select Type of Address

AT+CSTA=? +CSTA: (list of supported <type>s)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSTA: <type>
Read Command
AT+CSTA? OK
Parameter
<type> Current address type setting.
Response
OK
If <type> is not in the parameter range:
ERROR
AT+CSTA=<type> <type> Type of address octet in integer format;
129 Unknown type
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The ATD Command overrides this setting when a number is dialed.
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.14 AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty

Response
+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CHLD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA controls the supplementary services Call Hold, Multiparty and Explicit
Call Transfer. Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released, added to
Write Command conversation, and transferred.
AT+CHLD=<n> Note These supplementary services are only applicable to tele service 11
(Speech: Telephony).
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> 0 Releases all held calls or sets User Determined User Busy
(UDUB) for a waiting call
1 Releases all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other
(held or waiting) call.
1x Releases a specific call x
2 Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept the other
(held or waiting) call.
2x Places all active calls on hold except call X with which
communication shall be supported.
3 Adds a held call to the conversation.
4 Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from
both calls(ECT)
Note
Reference
3.2.15 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity

AT+CIMI=? OK
Response
TA returns <IMSI>for identifying the individual SIM which is attached to ME.
<IMSI>
AT+CIMI If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<IMSI> International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without double
quotes)
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.16 AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME
AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME

Response
+CLCC: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CLCC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CLCC: <n>
Read Command
AT+CLCC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Parameters
Write Command
<n> 0 Don’t report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the
AT+CLCC=<n>
current call status changes.
1 Report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the
current call status changes.
Response
TA returns a list of current calls of ME.
Note: If Command succeeds but no calls are available, no information response is
sent to TE.
[+CLCC:
<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>,<alphaID>][<CR
><LF>+CLCC:
<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>,<alphaID>][...]]]
OK
Execution Command If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CLCC
Parameters
<idx> 1..7 Call identification number
This number can be used in +CHLD command operations
<dir> 0 Mobile originated (MO) call
1 Mobile terminated (MT) call
<stat> State of the call:
0 Active
1 Held
2 Dialing (MO call)
3 Alerting (MO call)
4 Incoming (MT call)
5 Waiting (MT call)

6 Disconnect
<mode> Bearer/tele service:
0 Voice
1 Data
2 Fax
<mpty> 0 Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1 Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
phone number in format specified by <type>.
<type> Type of address
<alphaId> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
in phone book.
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.007
[13][14]
3.2.17 AT+CLCK Facility Lock
AT+CLCK Facility Lock

Response
+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
Test Command
AT+CLCK=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This Command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a ME or a network
facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to do such actions. When
querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for
‘not active’ case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active
for any <class>.
Write Command
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mod If <mode>≠2 and Command is successful
e>[,<passwd>[,<class>
]] OK
If <mode>=2 and Command is successful
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CLCK:
<status>,<class2>[…]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<fac>
"AO" BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to
Home Country)
"AI" BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside
the home country)
"FD" SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or
USIM) fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been
done during the current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>)
"SC" SIM (lock SIM/UICC card) (SIM/UICC asks password
in MT power-up and when this lock command issued) Correspond to PIN1
code.
"PN" Network Personalization, Correspond to NCK code
"PU" Network subset Personalization
Correspond to NSCK code
"PP" Service Provider Personalization
Correspond to SPCK code
<mode> 0 unlock
1 lock
2 query status
<passwd> String type (Shall be the same as password specified for the
facility from the MT user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD)
<class> 1 Voice (telephony)
2 Data refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may
refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64
and 128)
7 All classes
<status> 0 Not active
1 Active
Note
Reference  CME errors if SIM not inserted or PIN is not entered.
3GPP TS 27.007 [14]  Part of the projects supported by this AT command, please refer to
chapter 20 for details.
3.2.18 AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation

Response
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CLIP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
Read Command OK
AT+CLIP? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect
on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network.
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> 0 Disable +CLIP notification.
1 Enable +CLIP notification.
<m> 0 CLIP not provisioned
1 CLIP provisioned
2 Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
Unsolicited Result Code
When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled (and calling
Write Command
subscriber allows), an unsolicited result code is returned after every RING
AT+CLIP=<n>
(or +CRING: <type>) at a mobile terminating call.
+CLIP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>,<alphaId>,<CLI
validity>]
Parameters
phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>.
129 Unknown type
<subaddr> String type (subaddress of format specified by <satype>)
<satype> Integer type (type of subaddress)

in phone book.
<CLI validity>
0 CLI valid
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or
limitations of originating network.
Note
Reference
3.2.19 AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction

Response
+CLIR: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CLIR=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CLIR: <n>,<m>
Read Command OK
AT+CLIR? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA restricts or enables the presentation of the CLI to the called party when
originating a call.
The Command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is restricted or
allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as a default adjustment for all
following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by using the
Write Command opposite Command.
AT+CLIR=<n> OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> (parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls):
0 Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of
the CLIR service.
1 CLIR invocation
2 CLIR suppression
<m> (parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the
network):
0 CLIR not provisioned
1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
Note
Reference
3.2.20 AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error
AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error

Response
+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CMEE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMEE: <n>
Read Command
AT+CMEE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an
indication of an error relating to the functionality of the ME.
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CMEE=[<n>]
<n>
0 Disable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use ERROR
instead.
1 Enable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use numeric <err>
2 Enable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use verbose <err>
values
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.21 AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation

Response
+COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+COLP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+COLP: <n>,<m>
Read Command OK
AT+COLP? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the COL (Connected Line) at the
TE for a mobile originated call. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service COLR in the network.
Intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any +CR or
V.25ter responses.
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> (parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the
Write Command TA):
AT+COLP=<n> 0 Disable +COLP notification
1 Enable +COLP notification
<m> (parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the
network):
0 COLP not provisioned
1 COLP provisioned
Intermediate result code
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), an intermediate result code is
returned before any +CR or V.25ter responses:
+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype> ,<alphaId>]
Parameters

phone number of format specified by <type>
129 Unknown type
<subaddr> String type (string should be included in quotation marks) sub
address of format specified by <satype>
<satype> Type of sub address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08
[8] sub clause 10.5.4.8)
in phone book.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
3.2.22 AT+COPS Operator Selection
AT+COPS Operator Selection

Response
TA returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in
the network. Any of the formats may be unavailable and should then be an
empty field. The list of operators shall be in order: home network, networks
referenced in SIM, and other networks.
+COPS: (list of supported<stat>,long alphanumeric<oper>,short

Test Command
alphanumeric<oper>,numeric <oper>)s[,,(list of supported <mode>s),
AT+COPS=?
(list of supported <format>s)]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. If no
operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are omitted.
Read Command
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>]
AT+COPS?
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network operator. If the
selected operator is not available, no other operator shall be selected
(except <mode>=4). The selected operator name format shall apply to
further read commands (AT+COPS?).
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<stat>
0 Unknown
1 Operator available
2 Operator current
Write Command
3 Operator forbidden
AT+COPS=<mode>,[<f
<oper> Refer to [27.007]
ormat>[,<oper>]]
operator in format as per <format>
<mode>
0 Automatic mode; <oper> field is ignored
1 Manual (<oper> field shall be present, and <AcT> optionally)
2 manual deregister from network
3 set only <format> (for read Command +COPS?) - not shown in
Read Command response
4 Manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if
manual selection fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>
0 Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 Numeric <oper>; GSM Location Area Identification number
Test command: 45 seconds
Max Response Time
Write command: 120 seconds
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [14]
3.2.23 AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status
AT+CPAS Phone Activity Status

Response
Test Command +CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+CPAS=?
OK
Parameters
See Execution Command
Response
TA returns the activity status of ME.
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
Execution Command +CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CPAS Parameters
<pas> 0 Ready (MT allows commands from TA/TE)
2 Unknown (MT is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
3 Ringing (MT is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the
ringer is active)
4 Call in progress (MT is ready for commands from TA/TE, but
call is in progress)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.24 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries

Response
+CPBF: maximum length of field <nlength>,maximum length of field
<tlength>
Test Command
OK
AT+CPBF=?
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA returns phone book entries(from the current phone book memory
storage selected with +CPBS) which contains alphanumeric string
<findtext>.
Write Command
[+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
AT+CPBF=[<findtext>]
[[…]<CR><LF>+CBPF: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
OK
Parameters
<findtext> String type(string should be included in quotation marks) field
of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by

+CSCS.
<index1> Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phone
book memory
<index2> Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phone
book memory
phone number of format <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format ;
129 Unknown type
<text> String type (string should be included in quotation marks) field of
maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by +CSCS.
<nlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<number>
<tlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<text>
30 seconds (complete reading of a 250 records full phonebook)
3 seconds(string present in a 250 records full phonebook)
Max Response Time 1 second(string not present)
We use the China Mobile sim cards for testing, which produced by Axalto at
2010 for Shanghai. Use other sim cards may have different results.
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.25 AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries

Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage as a compound
value and the maximum lengths of <number> and <text> fields.
+CPBR: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,<tlength>

Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
OK
Parameters
<index> Location number
<nlength> Max. length of phone number
<tlength> Max. length of text for number
Response
Write Command
TA returns phone book entries in location number range <index1>...
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<
<index2> from the current phone book memory storage selected with
index2>]
+CPBS. If <index2> is left out, only location <index1> is returned.
+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[…]<CR><LF>+CPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
OK
Parameters
<index1> Read as of this location number
<index2> Read to this location number
<number> Phone number
<type> Type of number
<text> Text for phone number in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS.
3 seconds (single reading)
30 seconds (complete reading of a 250 records full phonebook.
Max Response Time
We use the China Mobile sim cards for testing, which produced by Axalto at
2010 for Shanghai. Use other sim cards may have different results.
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.26 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage
AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage

Response
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
Test Command
AT+CPBS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
Read Command
AT+CPBS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA selects current phone book memory storage, which is used by other
phone book commands.
OK
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CPBS=<storage>
<storage>
"ON" SIM (or MT) own numbers (MSISDNs) list (reading of
this storage may be available through +CNUM also). When
storing information in the SIM/UICC, if a SIM card is present or
if a UICC with an active GSM application is present, the

information in EFMSISDN under DFTelecom is selected.
"SM" SIM/UICC phonebook. If a SIM card is present or if a
UICC with an active GSM application is present, the EFADN
under DFTelecom is selected.
"ME" ME phonebook
"FD" SIM fix dialing-phone book. If a SIM card is present or
if a UICC with an active GSM application is present, the
information in EFFDN under DFTelecom is selected
<used> Integer type value indicating the total number of used
locations in selected memory
<total> Integer type value indicating the total number of locations
in selected memory
Max Response Time 3 seconds
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.27 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry
AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry

Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage, the maximum
length of <number> field, supported number formats of the storage, and the
maximum length of <text> field.
Test Command
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,(list of supported
AT+CPBW=?
<type>s),<tlength>
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA writes phone book entry in location number <index> in the current phone
book memory storage selected with +CPBS. Entry fields written are phone
number <number> (in the format <type>) and text <text> associated with
Write Command the number. If those fields are omitted, phone book entry is deleted. If
AT+CPBW=<index>[,< <index> is left out, but <number> is given, entry is written to the first free
number>,[<type>,[<tex location in the phone book.
t>]]] OK
Parameters
<nlength> Max length of phone number
<tlength> Max length of text for number
<index> Location number
<number> Phone number

<type> Type of number;
<text> String type (string should be included in quotation marks): text for
phone number in current TE character set specified by +CSCS.
Note: The following characters in <text> must be entered via the escape
sequence:
GSM char. Seq. Seq.(hex) Note
\ \5C 5C 35 43 (backslash)
" \22 5C 32 32 (string delimiter)
BSP \08 5C 30 38 (backspace)
NULL \00 5C 30 30 (GSM null)
‘0’ (GSM null) may cause problems for application layer software when
reading string lengths.
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.28 AT+CPIN Enter PIN
AT+CPIN Enter PIN

AT+CPIN=? OK
Response
TA returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some password is
required or not.
+CPIN: <code>
OK
Parameters
<code>
Read Command
READY MT is not pending for any password
AT+CPIN?
SIM PIN MT is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK MT is waiting for SIM PUK to be given
PH_SIM PIN ME is waiting for phone to SIM card (antitheft)
PH_SIM PUK ME is waiting for SIM PUK (antitheft)
SIM PIN2 PIN2, e.g. for editing the FDN book possible only if
preceding Command was acknowledged with +CME ERROR: 17
SIM PUK2 Possible only if preceding Command was acknowledged
with error +CME ERROR: 18.
Response
Write Command
TA stores a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<new PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).

pin>] If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the second pin is required.
This second pin, <new pin>, is used to replace the old pin in the SIM.
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<pin> String type; password
<new pin> String type; If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIMPUK2:
new password
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.29 AT+CPWD Change Password
AT+CPWD Change Password

Response
TA returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the
maximum length of their password.
+CPWD: (list of supported <fac>s, list of supported <pwdlength>s)
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
OK
Parameters
<fac> See Write Command
<pwdlength> Integer max. length of password
Response
TA sets a new password for the facility lock function.
OK
Parameters
<fac>
"AO" BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
Write Command "OX" BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<old Home Country)
pwd>,<newpwd> "AI" BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside
the home country)
"AB" All Barring services
"P2" SIM PIN2
"SC" SIM (lock SIM/UICC card) (SIM/UICC asks password in
MT power-up and when this lock command issued) Correspond to PIN1
code.
<oldpwd> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):

password specified for the facility from the user interface or with command.
If an old password has not yet been set, <oldpwd> is not to enter.
<newpwd> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):
new password
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.30 AT+CR Service Reporting Control
AT+CR Service Reporting Control

Response
+CR: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CR=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CR: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CR? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR: <serv> is returned
from the TA to the TE at a call set up.
OK
Parameters
<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable
Intermediate result code
If enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during
Write Command
connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and
AT+CR=[<mode>]
quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression
reports are transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) is
transmitted.
+CR: <serv>
Parameters
<serv> ASYNC Asynchronous transparent
SYNC Synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC Asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC Synchronous non-transparent
GPRS For GPRS

Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.31 AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication

Response
+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CRC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CRC: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CRC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication is
used.
OK
Parameters
<mode> 0 Disable extended format
1 Enable extended format
Omitted Use previous value
Write Command Unsolicited Result Code
AT+CRC=[<mode>] When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code +CRING: <type> instead of the normal RING.
Parameters
<type> ASYNC Asynchronous transparent
SYNC Synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC Asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC Synchronous non-transparent
FAX Facsimile
VOICE Voice
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.32 AT+CREG Network Registration
AT+CREG Network Registration

Response
+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CREG=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat>
which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of
the ME. Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only
Read Command when <n>=2 and ME is registered in the network.
AT+CREG? +CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
TA controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status.
OK
Parameters
<n> 0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code
+CREG: <stat>
2 Enable network registration unsolicited result code with
location information +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat> 0 Not registered, MT is not currently searching a new
operator to register to
Write Command
1 Registered, home network
AT+CREG=[<n>]
2 Not registered, but MT is currently searching a new
operator to register to
3 Registration denied
4 Unknown
5 Registered, roaming
<lac> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); two
byte location area code in hexadecimal format
<ci> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); two
byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
If <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT network registration status
+CREG: <stat>
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the MT network registration status or a

change of the network cell:
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Parameters
See Write Command
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.33 AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameters
AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameters

Response
TA returns values supported. RLP versions 0 and 1 share the same
parameter set.
+CRLP: (list of supported <iws>s),(list of supported <mws>s),(list of
Test Command
supported <T1>s),(list of supported <N2>s),(list of supported <T4>s)
AT+CRLP=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA returns current settings for RLP version. RLP versions 0 and 1 share
the same parameter set.
Read Command
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<T4>
AT+CRLP?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when non-transparent
data calls are setup.
Write Command OK
AT+CRLP=<iws>[,<mw Parameters
s>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T4>]] <iws> 0-61 Interworking window size (IWF to MS)
]] <mws> 0-61 Mobile window size(MS to IWF)
<T1> 44-255 Acknowledgment timer T1 in 10 ms units
<N2> 1-255 Retransmission attempts N2
<T4> 7 Re-sequencing period in integer format, in units of 10 ms.
Max Response Time -
Reference Simcom redefine param`s value range
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.34 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access

AT+CRSM=? OK
Response
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<Command>
176 READ BINARY
178 READ RECORD
192 GET RESPONSE
214 UPDATE BINARY
Write Command
220 UPDATE RECORD
AT+CRSM=<Command 242 STATUS
>[,<fileId>[,<P1>,<P2>,
<P3>[,<data>]]] All other values are reserved; refer GSM 11.11.
<fileId> Integer type; this is the identifier for an elementary data file on
SIM. Mandatory for every Command except STATUS
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> Integer type, range 0 – 255
Parameters to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM
11.11.
<data> Information which shall be written to the SIM (hex-decimal
character format)
<sw1>,<sw2> Integer type, range 0 - 255
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the
actual Command. These parameters are delivered to the TE in
both cases, on successful or failed execution of the Command;
refer GSM 11.11.
<response> Response of a successful completion of the Command
previously issued (hexadecimal character format)
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.007
GSM 11.11
3.2.35 AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report
AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report

Response
Test Command +CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s)
AT+CSQ=?
OK
Response
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and
channel bit error rate <ber> from the ME. Test Command returns values
supported by the TA.
Execution Command Parameters
AT+CSQ <rssi>
0 -115 dBm or less
1 -111 dBm
2...30 -110... -54 dBm
31 -52 dBm or greater
99 not known or not detectable
<ber> (in percent):
0...7 As RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 [20]
subclause 7.2.4
99 Not known or not detectable
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.36 AT+VTD Tone Duration
AT+VTD Tone Duration

Response
+VTD: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+VTD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+VTD: <n>
Read Command
AT+VTD? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This command refers to an integer <n> that defines the length of tones
emitted as a result of the +VTS command. This does not affect the D
Write Command
command.
AT+VTD=<n>
OK
Parameters
<n> 1-255 Duration of the tone in 1/10 seconds
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.37 AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation
AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation

Response
+VTS: (list of supported <dtmf>s),(list of supported <duration>s)
Test Command
AT+VTS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and arbitrary tones
in voice mode. These tones may be used (for example) when announcing
the start of a recording period.
Note: D is used only for dialing.
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
Generate tone Duration
is set by +VTD
Note: The Command is writing only.
AT+VTS=<dtmf-string>
Parameters
<dtmf-string> Which has a max length of 20 characters, must be entered
between double quotes ("") and consists of combinations of the following
separated by commas. But a single character does not require quotes.
1) <dtmf> A single ASCII characters in the set 0-9, #,*, A-D. This is
interpreted as a sequence of DTMF tones whose duration is set by
the +VTD Command.
2) {<dtmf>,<duration>} This is interpreted as a DTMF tone whose

duration is determined by <duration>.
<duration> Duration of the tone in 1/10 seconds range :1-255
Max Response Time Number of DTMF characters*duration.
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.38 AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control
AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control

Response
+CMUX: (0),(0),(1-6),(16-1510),(1-255),(0-100),(2-255),(1-255),(1-7)
Test Command
AT+CMUX=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response:
+CMUX:[<mode>[,<subset>[,<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T2>[,<
T3>[,<k>]]]]]]]]]
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<mode> Multiplexer transparency mechanism
0 Basic option
<subset> The way in which the multiplexer control channel is set up
0 UIH frames used only
Read Command <port_speed> Transmission rate
1 9600 bits/t
AT+CMUX?
2 19200 bits/t
3 38400 bits/t
4 57600 bits/t
5 115200 bit/s
6 230400 bits/t
7 460800 bits/t
Proprietary values, available if MUX NEW PORT SPEED
FTR is activated
<N1> Maximum frame size
1-255 Default: 127
<T1> Acknowledgement timer in units of ten milliseconds
1-255 Default:10 (100 ms)
<N2> Maximum number of re-transmissions
0-100 Default:3
<T2> Max Response Timer for the multiplexer control channel in units
of ten milliseconds
2-255 Default:30
<T3> Wake up Max Response Timers in seconds
1-255 Default:10
<k> Window size, for Advanced operation with Error Recovery
options
1-7 Default:2
Response
Write Command +CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CMUX=<mode> Parameters
<mode> Multiplexer transparency mechanism
0 Basic option
Max Response Time -
Note
The multiplexing transmission rate is according to the current serial baud
rate. It is recommended to enable multiplexing protocol under 115200 bit/s
baud rate
Multiplexer control channels are listed as follows:
Reference
Channel Number Type DLCI
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
None Multiplexer Control 0
1 3GPP TS 27.007 and 005 1
2 3GPP TS 27.007 and 005 2
3 3GPP TS 27.007 and 005 3
4 3GPP TS 27.007 and 005 4
3.2.39 AT+CNUM Subscriber Number
AT+CNUM Subscriber Number

AT+CNUM=? OK
Response
+CNUM: [<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>[,<speed>,<service>]
[<CR><LF>+CNUM:[<alpha2>],<number2>,<type2>[,<speed>,<service
>]
Execution Command [...]]
AT+CNUM
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<alphax> Optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>;

used character set should be the one selected with Command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS
<numberx> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
phone number of format specified by <typex>
<typex> Type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM04.08[8]
subclause 10.5.4.7)
<speed> As defined by the +CBST Command
<service> (service related to the phone number:)
0 Asynchronous modem
1 Synchronous modem
2 PAD Access (asynchronous)
3 Packet Access (synchronous)
4 Voice
5 Fax
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.40 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List

Response
+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported <format>s)
Test Command
AT+CPOL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CPOL: <index1>,<format>,<oper1>[<CR><LF>+CPOL:
<index2>,<format>,<oper2>[…]]
Read Command
OK
AT+CPOL?
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CPOL=<index>[,<f
+CME ERROR: <err>
ormat>,<oper>]
Parameters
<index> Integer type: order number of operator in SIM preferred
operator list
<format> Indicates whether alphanumeric or numeric
format used (see +COPS Command)
0 Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 Numeric <oper>
<oper> String type(string should be included in quotation marks)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.41 AT+COPN Read Operator Names
AT+COPN Read Operator Names

AT+COPN=? OK
Response
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR><LF>+COPN:
<numeric2>,<alpha2>
[…]]
OK
Execution Command
AT+COPN
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<numericn> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):
operator in numeric format (see +COPS)
<alphan> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):
operator in long alphanumeric format (see +COPS)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.42 AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality
AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality

Response
Test Command +CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported <rst>s)
AT+CFUN=?
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CFUN: <fun>
Read Command OK
AT+CFUN? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst Parameters
>] <fun> 0 Minimum functionality
1 Full functionality (Default)
4 Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits.
<rst> 1 Reset the MT before setting it to <fun> power level.
Note
 Minimum functionality mode (AT+CFUN=0)and RF disabled
functionality mode (AT+CFUN=4) cannot be switched to each other.
 The <fun> power level will be written to flash except minimum
Reference
functionality.
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
 AT+CFUN=1,1 can be used to reset module purposely at minimum/full
functionality mode.
 Response string "OK" will be returned after module resets if baud rate
is set to fixed baud rate.
3.2.43 AT+CCLK Clock
AT+CCLK Clock
AT+CCLK=? OK
Response
+CCLK: <time>
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Write Command
<time> String type(string should be included in quotation marks) value;
AT+CCLK=<time>
format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", where characters indicate year (two last
digits),month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the
difference, expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and
GMT; range -47...+48). E.g. 6th of May 2010, 00:01:52 GMT+2 hours
equals to "10/05/06,00:01:52+08".
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13] Only time zone is auto saved.
3.2.44 AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access
AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access

AT+CSIM=? OK
Response
+CSIM: <length>,<response>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CSIM=<length>,<C
ommand> <length> Integer type: length of characters sent to the TE in
<Command> or <response> (i.e. twice the number of octets in the raw
data).
<Command> String type (string should be included in quotation marks):
hex format: GSM 11.11 SIM Command sent from the ME to the SIM.
<response> String type(string should be included in quotation marks):
hex format: GSM 11.11 response from SIM to <Command>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.45 AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode
AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode

Response
+CALM: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command OK
AT+CALM=? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CALM: <mode>
Read Command OK
AT+CALM? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CALM=<mode>
Parameters
<mode> 0 Normal mode
1 Silent mode (all sounds from ME are prevented)
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference If CALM is set to silent mode before, when user sets CALM to normal mode
3GPP TS 27.007 [13] during an incoming call, the module maintains silent this time. But next time
the normal mode works.
3.2.46 AT+CALS Alert Sound Select
AT+CALS Alert Sound Select

Response
+CALS: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <switch>s)
Test Command
AT+CALS=? OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CALS: <n>,<switch>
Read Command OK
AT+CALS? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CALS=<n>[,<switc
Parameters
h>]
<n> 0-19 Alert sound type. Default value is 1.
<switch> 0 stop playing ring tone
1 start to play ring tone
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3.2.47 AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level
AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level

Response
+CRSL: (list of supported <level>s)
Test Command OK
AT+CRSL=? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CRSL: <level>
Read Command OK
AT+CRSL? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Write Command Response
AT+CRSL=<level> OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<level> integer type value (0-100) with manufacturer specific range
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.48 AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level

Response
+CLVL: (list of supported <level>s)
Test Command OK
AT+CLVL=? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CLVL: <level>
Read Command OK
AT+CLVL? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CLVL=<level>
Parameters
<level> 0-100 Integer type value with manufacturer specific range
(smallest value represents the lowest sound level).
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]

3.2.49 AT+CMUT Mute Control
AT+CMUT Mute Control

Response
+CMUT: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CMUT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMUT: <n>
Read Command OK
AT+CMUT? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CMUT=<n>
Parameters
<n> 0 Mute off
1 Mute on
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13] Only during a call this command can be set successfully.
3.2.50 AT+CPUC Price Per Unit and Currency Table
AT+CPUC Price Per Unit and Currency Table

AT+CPUC=? OK
Response
+CPUC: <currency>,<ppu>
Read Command OK
AT+CPUC? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+CPUC=<currency> OK
,<ppu>[,<passwd>] If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<currency> String type (string should be included in quotation marks);
three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "DEM");character set as
specified by "AT+CSCS" command
<ppu> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); price per
unit; dot is used as a decimal separator(e.g. "2.66")
<passwd> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); SIM
PIN2
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.51 AT+CCWE Call Meter Maximum Event
AT+CCWE Call Meter Maximum Event

Response
+CCWE: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command OK
AT+CCWE=? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CCWE: <mode>
Read Command OK
AT+CCWE? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+CCWE=<mode> Parameters
<mode> 0 Disable call meter warning event
1 Enable call meter warning event
Unsolicited result codes supported:

+CCWV Shortly before the ACM (Accumulated Call Meter) maximum

value is reached, an unsolicited result code +CCWV will be sent, if enabled
by this command. The warning is issued approximately when 5 seconds call
time remains. It is also issued when starting a call if less than 5 s call time
remains.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 specifies 30 seconds, so SIMCom deviates from the
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
specification.
3.2.52 AT+CBC Battery Charge
AT+CBC Battery Charge

Response
+CBC: (list of supported <bcs>s),(list of supported <bcl>s),(<voltage>)
Test Command
AT+CBC=? OK
Parameters
Response
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>,<voltage>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command Parameters
AT+CBC <bcs> Charge status
0 ME is not charging
1 ME is charging
2 Charging has finished
<bcl> Battery connection level
1...100 battery has 1-100 percent of capacity remaining vent
<voltage> Battery voltage(mV)
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.007 [13]
3.2.53 AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

Response
+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CUSD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CUSD: <n>
Read Command
AT+CUSD? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates control of the unstructured
Write Command
supplementary service data
AT+CUSD=<n>[,<str>[,
0 disable the result code presentation in the TE
<dcs>]]
1 enable the result code presentation in the TE
2 cancel session (not applicable to read Command response)
<str> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
USSD-string
<dcs> Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default 0)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
GSM 03.38 [25] When ussd is not suport or return error,TE will print +CUSD:4.
3.2.54 AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification
AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification

Response
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <m>s)
Test Command
AT+CSSN=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command +CSSN: <n>,<m>
AT+CSSN?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the +CSSI:
<code1>[,<index>] result code presentation status after a mobile
originated call setup
0 disable
1 enable
<m> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the
+CSSU: <code2> result code presentation status during a mobile
terminated call setup or during a call, or when a forward check
supplementary service notification is received.
0 disable
1 enable
<code1> 0 Unconditional call forwarding is active
1 Some of the conditional call forwarding are active
2 Call has been forwarded
3 Call is waiting
Write Command
4 This is a CUG call (also <index> present)
AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
5 Outgoing calls are barred
6 Incoming calls are barred
7 CLIR suppression rejected
<index> Closed user group index
<code2> 0 This is a forwarded call
1 This is a CUG call (also <index> present) (MT call
setup)
2 Call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 Call has been retrieved (during a voice call)
4 Multiparty call entered (during a voice call)
5 Call on hold has been released (this is not a SS notification)
(during a voice call)
6 Forward check SS message received (can be received
whenever)
7 Call is being connected (alerting) with the remote party in
alerting state in explicit call transfer operation (during a voice call)
8 Call has been connected with the other remote party in
explicit call transfer operation (also number and subaddress parameters
may be present) (during a voice call or MT call setup)
9 This is a deflected call (MT call setup)
Max Response Time -

Reference Note

4 AT Commands According to 3GPP

TS 27.005
The 3GPP TS 27.005 commands are for performing SMS and CBS related operations. SIM800 Series
supports both Text and PDU modes.
4.1 Overview of AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.005
Command Description
AT+CMGD Delete SMS message
AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
AT+CMGR Read SMS message
AT+CMGS Send SMS message
AT+CMGW Write SMS message to memory
AT+CMSS Send SMS message from storage
AT+CNMI New SMS message indications
AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage
AT+CRES Restore SMS settings
AT+CSAS Save SMS settings
AT+CSCA SMS service center address
AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast SMS messages
AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters
AT+CSMP Set SMS text mode parameters
AT+CSMS Select message service
4.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Commands According to 3GPP TS
27.005
4.2.1 AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message
AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message

Response
Test Command
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported <delflag>s)

AT+CMGD=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA deletes message from preferred message storage <mem1> location
<index>.
OK
or
ERROR
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory
Write Command
<delflag> 0 Delete the message specified in <index>
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<
1 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage,
delflag>]
leaving unread messages and stored mobile originated
messages (whether sent or not) untouched
2 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage
and sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread
messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched
3 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage,
sent and unsent mobile originated messages leaving
unread messages untouched
4 Delete all messages from preferred message storage
including unread messages
5s（delete 1 message）
Max Response Time 25s（delete 50 messages）
25s（delete 150 messages）
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.2 AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format
AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format

Response
+CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CMGF=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command

Response
+CMGF: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMGF? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
TA sets parameter to denote which input and output format of messages to
use.
Write Command
OK
AT+CMGF=[<mode>]
Parameter
<mode> 0 PDU mode
1 Text mode
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.3 AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store
AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store

Response
+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
Test Command
AT+CMGL=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Parameters
1) If text mode:
<stat> "REC UNREAD" Received unread messages
"REC READ" Received read messages
"STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages
"STO SENT" Stored sent messages
"ALL" All messages
Write Command <mode> 0 Normal
AT+CMGL=<stat>[,<m 1 Not change status of the specified SMS record
ode>] 2) If PDU mode:
<stat> 0 Received unread messages
1 Received read messages
2 Stored unsent messages
3 Stored sent messages
4 All messages
<mode> 0 Normal
1 Not change status of the specified SMS record

Response
TA returns messages with status value <stat> from message storage
<mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and Command successful:

for SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>[,<alpha>][,<scts>]
[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<da/oa>
[,<alpha>][,<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>[...]]
for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>
[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>[...]]
for SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]]
for CBM storage:

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages>
<CR><LF><data>
<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages>
<CR><LF><data>[...]]
OK
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and Command successful:

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>[,<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>[,alpha],<length>
<CR><LF><pdu>[...]]
OK
3)If error is related to ME functionality:

+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<alpha> String type(string should be included in quotation marks)
alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer
specific; used character set should be the one selected with Command
Select TE Character Set +CSCS (see definition of this Command in 3GPP
TS 27.007)
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer

Command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of address given by <toda>

<data> In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode
responses; format:
- if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TPUser-Data-Header-Indication
is not set:
- if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer Command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007):ME/TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of
Annex A
- if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit
character of GSM alphabet into two IRA character long
hexadecimal number (e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented as
17 (IRA 49 and 55))
- if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used, or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each
8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g.
octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters
2A (IRA 50 and 65)) In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM
Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
- if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used:
- if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer Command +CSCS in
3GPP TS 27.007): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current
TE character set according to rules of Annex A
hexadecimal number
used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the
length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU
mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP
layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported
by the associated memory
<oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer
Command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of address given by <tooa>
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by
GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP
data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with
integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format.

<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Center-Time-Stamp in time-string

format (refer <dt>)
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in
integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145,
otherwise default is 129)
<tooa> GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in
integer format (default refer<toda>)
1) If text mode:
the same as AT+CMGL="REC UNREAD", received unread messages
2) If PDU mode:
Execution Command
the same as AT+CMGL=0, received unread messages
AT+CMGL
See more messages please refer to Write Command.

Parameters
See Write Command
20s(list 50 messages)
Max Response Time
20s(list 150 messages)
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.4 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message
AT+CMGR Read SMS Message

AT+CMGR=? OK
Parameters
<mode> 0 Normal
1 Not change status of the specified SMS record
Response
TA returns SMS message with location value <index> from message
Write Command storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is 'received unread',
AT+CMGR=<index>[,< status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
mode>] 1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and Command successful:
for SMS-DELIVER:
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>[,<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>
,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
for SMS-SUBMIT:
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>[,<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>[,<vp>]
,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
for SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>[,<mn>][,<da>][,<toda>]
,<length><CR><LF><cdata>]
for CBM storage:

+CMGR: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and Command successful:
+CMGR: <stat>[,<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<alpha> String type (string should be included in quotation marks)
alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer
specific
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified
by +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of address given by <toda>
<data> In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode
responses; format:
- if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TPUser-Data-Header-Indication
is not set:
- if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer Command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007):ME/TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of
Annex A
hexadecimal number (e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented as
17 (IRA 49 and 55))
used, or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each
8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g.
octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters
2A (IRA 50 and 65)) In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM
Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
- if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used:
- if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer Command +CSCS in

3GPP TS 27.007): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current

TE character set according to rules of Annex A
hexadecimal number
used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number
<dcs> Depending on the Command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS
Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in
integer format
<fo> Depending on the Command or result code: first octet of GSM
03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the
length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in
PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e.
the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<mid> GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
converted characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified
by +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of address given by <tooa>
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM
03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data
unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the
case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format.
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
(default 0)
<sca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string
format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified by
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of address given by <tosca>
<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string
format (refer <dt>)
<stat> 0 "REC UNREAD" Received unread messages
1 "REC READ" Received read messages
2 "STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages
3 "STO SENT" Stored sent messages
4 "ALL" All messages
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet
in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145,
integer format (default refer<toda>)

<tosca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer

format (default refer <toda>)
<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40
TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in time-string
format (refer <dt>)
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.5 AT+CMGS Send SMS Message
AT+CMGS Send SMS Message

AT+CMGS=? OK
Parameters
string format(string should be included in quotation marks); BCD numbers
(or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS in 3GPP TS
27.007); type of address given by <toda>
Write Command
1) If text mode
<length> Integer type value (not exceed 160 bytes) indicating in the text
(+CMGF=1):
mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in
+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]
characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
<CR>text is entered
unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
length)
ESC quits without
Response
sending
TA sends message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). Message
reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery.
2) If PDU mode
Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports)
(+CMGF=0):
<scts> is returned. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited
+CMGS=<length>
delivery status report result code.
<CR>PDU is given
1) If text mode(+CMGF=1) and sending successful:
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
2) If PDU mode(+CMGF=0) and sending successful:
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
3)If error is related to ME functionality:

+CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter
<mr> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
Note
 In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used
Reference
coding scheme: It is 1024 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is
3GPP TS 27.005
used.
 Reject incoming call when sending messages.
4.2.6 AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory
AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory

AT+CMGW=? OK
Response
TA transmits SMS message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) from
TE to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index> of the stored
message is returned. By default message status will be set to 'stored
unsent', but parameter <stat> allows also other status values to be given.
Write Command If writing is successful:

1) If text mode +CMGW: <index>
(+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGW=<oa/da>[,< OK
tooa/toda>][,<stat>] If error is related to ME functionality:
<CR> text is entered +CMS ERROR: <err>
<ctrl-Z/ESC> Parameters
<ESC> quits without <oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
sending string format(string should be included in quotation marks); BCD numbers
2) If PDU mode currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS in 3GPP TS
(+CMGF=0): 27.007);type of address given by <tooa>
AT+CMGW=<length>[, <da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
<stat>] string format(string should be included in quotation marks); BCD numbers
<CR>PDU is given (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
<ctrl-Z/ESC> currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS in 3GPP TS
integer format (default refer <toda>)

129 Unknown type(IDSN format number)

161 National number type(IDSN format)
145 International number type(ISDN format)
177 Network specific number(ISDN format)
<length> Integer type value (not exceed 160 bytes) indicating in the text
mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in
characters;
or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not
counted in the length)
<stat> in the text mode (+CMGF=1):
"STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages
"STO SENT" Stored sent messages
in PDU mode (+CMGF=0):
0 Received unread messages
1 Received read messages
2 Stored unsent messages
3 Stored sent messages
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM
03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data
unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the
case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format.
<index> Index of message in selected storage <mem2>
Response
TA transmits SMS message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) from
TE to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index> of the stored
message is returned. By default message status will be set to 'stored
unsent', but parameter <stat> allows also other status values to be given.
Execution Command
AT+CMGW If writing is successful:
+CMGW: <index>
OK
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.7 AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage
AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage


AT+CMSS=? OK
Response
TA sends message with location value <index> from message storage
<mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). If new recipient address <da> is
given, it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message.
Reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message
delivery. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) If text mode(+CMGF=1) and sending successful:
+CMSS: <mr>
OK
2) If PDU mode(+CMGF=0) and sending successful:
+CMSS: <mr>
Write Command
AT+CMSS=<index>[,< OK
da>,<toda>] 3)If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameters
string format(string should be included in quotation marks); BCD numbers
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet
in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145,
<mr> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.8 AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications
AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications

Response
+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s),(list of
Test Command
supported <bm>s),(list of supported <ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
AT+CNMI=?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Read Command
AT+CNMI? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA selects the procedure for how the receiving of new messages from the
network is indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If
TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF), message receiving should be done
as specified in GSM 03.38.
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<mode> 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code
buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest
indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received
indications.
1 Discard indication and reject new received message
unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data
mode). Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
Write Command
2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link
AT+CNMI=<mode>[,< is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after
mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr
>]]]] reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE
link specific inband technique used to embed result codes and data when
TA is in on-line data mode.
<mt> (the rules for storing received SMs depend on its data coding
scheme (refer GSM 03.38 [2]), preferred memory storage (+CPMS) setting
and this value):
0 No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CMTI:
<mem>,<index>
2 SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2) are routed directly to the
TE using unsolicited result code:
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or
+CMT: <oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>
[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
(text mode enabled; about parameters in italics, refer Command Show Text
Mode Parameters +CSDH). Class 2 messages result in indication as

defined in <mt>=1.
3 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE
using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other
classes
result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> (the rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding
scheme (refer GSM 03.38 [2]), the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB)
and this value):
0 No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code: +CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or
+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (text
mode enabled).
<ds> 0 No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1 SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using
unsolicited result code: +CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode
enabled) or +CDS: <fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (text
mode enabled)
<bfr> 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
Command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response
shall be given before flushing the codes).
1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
command is cleared when <mode> 1…3 is entered
1. Indicates that new message has been received
If <mt>=1:
+CMTI: <mem3>,<index>
If <mt>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
If <mt>=2 (text mode enabled):
+CMT: <oa>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,
<length>]<CR><LF><data>
2. Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received

If <bm>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
If <bm>=2 (text mode enabled):
+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
3. Indicates that new SMS status report has been received

If <ds>=1 (PDU mode enabled):
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
If <ds>=1 (text mode enabled):
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>

Max Response Time -

Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.9 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage
AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage

Response
+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported <mem2>s),(list of
supported <mem3>s)
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CPMS:
<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<mem3>,<used3
>,<total3>
Read Command
AT+CPMS? OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA selects memory storages <mem1>,<mem2> and <mem3> to be used for
reading, writing, etc.
+CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3>
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command
<mem1> Messages to be read and deleted from this memory storage
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<
"SM" SIM message storage
mem2>[,<mem3>]]
"ME" Phone message storage
"SM_P" SM message storage preferred
"ME_P" ME message storage preferred
"MT" SM or ME message storage ( SM preferred)
<mem2> Messages will be written and sent to this memory storage


<mem3> Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if
routing to PC is not set ("+CNMI")
<usedx> Integer type; Number of messages currently in <memx>
<totalx> Integer type; Number of messages storable in <memx>
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.10 AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings
AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings

Response
+CRES: (list of supported <profile>s)
Test Command
AT+CRES=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Execution command restores message service settings from non-volatile
memory to active memory. A TA can contain several profiles of settings.
Settings specified in commands Service Centre Address +CSCA and Set
Message Parameters +CSMP are restored. Certain settings may not be
supported by the storage (e.g. (U)SIM SMS parameters) and therefore can
not be restored.
Write Command
OK
AT+CRES=<profile>
or
ERROR
Parameter
<profile> 0 Restore SM service settings from profile 0
1 Restore SM service settings from profile 1
Response
Same as AT+CRES=0.
Execution Command
OK
AT+CRES
+CMS ERROR <err>


Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.11 AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings
AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings

Response
+CSAS: (list of supported <profile>s)
Test Command
AT+CSAS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Execution command saves active message service settings to a
non-volatile memory. Settings specified in commands Service Centre
Address +CSCA and Set Message Parameters +CSMP are saved. Certain
settings may not be supported by the storage (e.g. (U)SIM SMS
parameters) and therefore can not be saved.
Write Command OK
AT+CSAS=<profile> or
ERROR
Parameter
<profile> 0 Save SM service setting in profile 0
1 Save SM service setting in profile 1
Response
Same as AT+CSAS=0
AT+CSAS
+CMS ERROR <err>
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.12 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address


AT+CSCA=? OK
Response
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>[,<scaAlpha>]
Read Command
AT+CSCA? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA updates the SMSC address, through which mobile originated SMS are
transmitted. In text mode, setting is used by send and writes commands. In
PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the
length of the SMSC address coded into <pdu> parameter equals zero.
Note: The Command writes the parameters in NON-VOLATILE memory.

OK
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tos Parameters
ca>] <sca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string
format(string should be included in quotation marks); BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
27.007); type of address given by <tosca>
<tosca> Service center address format GSM 04.11 RP SC address
Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)
<scaAlpha> String type(string should be included in quotation
marks)
Service center address alpha data
Reference
Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.13 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages
AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages

Response
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CSCB=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>

AT+CSCB?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
TA selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
Note: The Command writes the parameters in NON-VOLATILE memory.

OK
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode>
Write Command
0 Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
AT+CSCB=<mode>[,<
1 Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not accepted.
mids>[,<dcss>]]
<mids> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); all
different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers (refer <mid>)
(default is empty string); e.g. "0,1,5,320,922". Total 15 different <mids>
values can be supported. <mids> values cannot be written consecutively,
such as "100-200"
<dcss> String type(string should be included in quotation marks); all
different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (refer <dcs>)
(default is empty string); e.g. "0,5". Total 5 different <dcss> values can be
supported. <dcss> values cannot be written consecutively, such as "0-5".
Max Response Time -
Note
 AT+CSCB=0 will reset <mids> and <dcss> and select no <mids> and
no <dcss>.
 AT+CSCB=1 means all <dcss> are accepted but this command has no
effect on the list of the <mids> accepted. "0-255" means all <dcss> are
Reference accepted.
3GPP TS 27.005  AT+CSCB=0,<mids> will add the <mids> values in the <mids> current
list handled by module.
 AT+CSCB=0,<dcss> will add the <dcss> values in the <dcss> current
list handled by module.
 If AT+CSCB=0,<mids> is received while the list of <mids> is full, OK is
returned and new value is not added.
4.2.14 AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters

Response
Test Command
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s)

AT+CSDH=?
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CSDH: <show>
Read Command
AT+CSDH? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
TA determines whether detailed header information is shown in text mode
result codes.
OK
Write Command Parameter
AT+CSDH=[<show>] <show> 0 Do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA
and +CSMP (<sca>,<tosca>,<fo>,<vp>,<pid> and <dcs>) nor
<length>,<toda> or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for
SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode
1 Show the values in result codes
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.15 AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters

Response
+CSMP: (list of supported <fo>s),(list of supported <vp>s),(list of supported
<pid>s),(list of supported <dcs>s)
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
Read Command
AT+CSMP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
TA selects values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the
AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>
network or placed in a storage when text mode is selected (+CMGF=1). It is

,<pid>,<dcs>]] possible to set the validity period starting from when the SM is received by
the SMSC (<vp> is in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the
validity period termination (<vp> is a string).
Note: The Command writes the parameter <fo> in NON-VOLATILE memory.

OK
Parameters
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM
03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format.
SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set to 49.
<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40
TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in time-string
format (refer <dt>)
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0).
<dcs> GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme in Integer format.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005
4.2.16 AT+CSMS Select Message Service
AT+CSMS Select Message Service

Response
+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
Test Command
AT+CSMS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
Read Command
AT+CSMS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
Write Command OK
AT+CSMS=<service> If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<service>

0 GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is

compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features
which do not require new Command syntax may be supported (e.g. correct
routing of messages with new Phase 2+ data coding schemes))
1 GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is
compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2+ version; the requirement of
<service> setting 1 is mentioned under corresponding command
descriptions)
<mt> Mobile Terminated Messages:
0 Type not supported
1 Type supported
<mo> Mobile Originated Messages:
1 Type supported
<bm> Broadcast Type Messages:
1 Type supported
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
3GPP TS 27.005

5 AT Commands for SIM Application

Toolkit
5.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+STKTRS This command is used to send STK terminal response
AT+STKENVS This command is used to send STK envelope command
AT+STKCALL Trigger STK call
AT+STKSMS Trigger STK SMS
AT+STKSS Trigger STK SS
AT+STKUSSD Trigger STK USSD
AT+STKDTMF Trigger STK DTMF
+STKPCI This unsolicited result code is used to indicate proactive command Indication.
AT+STKMENU Show STK main menu
AT+STKPCIS Switch STK URC string
5.2 Detailed Descriptions of Commands
5.2.1 AT+STKTRS STK Terminal Response
AT+STKTRS STK Terminal Response.

Response
+STKTRS: <result_length>,<text_length>
Test Command
AT+STKTRS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Read Command Response
AT+STKTRS? OK
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+STKTRS=<result>[
or

,<text>] ERROR
Parameters
<result> HEX string type --specified in GSM11.14[12.12]
- '00' = Command performed successfully;
- '10' = Proactive SIM session terminated by the user;
- '11' = Backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by
the user;
…
- '2000' = ME currently unable to process command, No specific
cause can be given;
- '2001' = ME currently unable to process command, Screen is busy;
…
<text> Hex String type
If response to GET INPUT or GET INKEY --specified in GSM11.14[12.15]
-text string, the first 2 char is Data coding scheme
If response to SELECT ITEM --specified in GSM11.134[12.10]
-Identifier of item chosen
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
For more detail used, can refer "AT+STKTR" command
5.2.2 AT+STKENVS STK Envelope Command
AT+STKENVS STK Envelope Command

Response
+STKENVS: <command_length>,<data_length>
Test Command
AT+STKENVS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Read Command OK
AT+STKENVS? Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+STKENVS=<comm Parameter
and>[,<data>] <command> HEX string type --specified in GSM11.14[13.1]
- 'D3' = Menu Selection;
- 'D6' =Event download;
<data> Hex string type

If command is ‘D3’ --specified in GSM11.14[8.2]

-Item identifier of main menu
If command is ‘D6’ --specified in GSM11.14[11]
-event list
- '04' = User activity
- '05' = Idle screen available
- '07' = Language selection
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
For more detail used, can refer "AT+STKENV" command
5.2.3 AT+STKCALL STK call setup
AT+STKCALL STK call setup

Response
Test Command OK
AT+STKCALL=? Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<command> stk call command
0 Trigger modem to send STK CALLSETUP
Write Command 4 Trigger modem to send STK CALLSETUP but icon cannot be
AT+STKCALL=<comm displayed
and> 16 Proactive session terminated by user
18 No response from user
32 ME currently unable to process this command
34 User reject setup call
50 Command data not understood by ME
Note: Above are the possible terminal response value needed to be responded by
application. It’s modem’s responsibility to response for other terminal response
value.
Max Response Time -
Note
According to spec 11.14, 0x12 ("No response from user") is not a possible
Reference
terminal response value for STK CALLSETUP. So we will translate
0x12("No response from user") to 0x20 ("ME currently unable to process
this command").

5.2.4 AT+STKSMS STK SMS delivery
AT+STKSMS STK SMS delivery

Response
Test Command OK
AT+STKSMS=? Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+STKSMS=<comma
Parameters
nd>
<command> stk sms command
0 Trigger modem to send STK SMS
4 Trigger modem to send STK SMS but icon cannot be displayed
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference Above are the possible terminal response value needed to be responded by
application. It’s modem’s responsibility to response for other terminal
response value
5.2.5 AT+STKSS STK SS setup
AT+STKSS STK SS setup

Response
Test Command OK
AT+STKSS=? Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+STKSS=<comman Parameters
d> <command> STK SS command
0 Trigger modem to send STK SS
4 Trigger modem to send STK SS but icon cannot be displayed
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
Above are the possible terminal response value needed to be responded by

response value.
5.2.6 AT+STKUSSD STK USSD setup
AT+STKUSSD STK USSD setup

Response
Test Command OK
AT+STKUSSD=? Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+STKUSSD=<comm Parameters
and> <command> STK SS command
0 Trigger modem to send STK USSD
4 Trigger modem to send STK USSD but icon cannot be displayed
Max Response Time -
Note
response value.
5.2.7 AT+STKDTMF STK sending DTMF
AT+STKDTMF STK sending DTMF

Response
Test Command OK
AT+STKDTMF=? Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+STKDTMF=<comm
<command> STK DTMF command
and>
0 Trigger modem to send STK DTMF
4 Trigger modem to send STK DTMF but icon cannot be
displayed
32 ME currently unable to process command

Max Response Time -

Note
application.It’s modem’s responsibility to response for other terminal
response value.
5.2.8 +STKPCI STK Proactive Command Indication
+STKPCI STK Proactive Command Indication

+STKPCI: <pci_type>[,<proactive_command>,…]
Parameters
<pci_type>
0 The SAT command is handled by TE.
1 The SAT command is handled by ME.
2 No other command (end of session)
<proactive command>
DISPLAY TEXT,<Command Qualifier>,<text string>
GET INKEY,<Command Qualifier>,<text string>
GET INPUT,<Command Qualifier>,<text string>,<Min length>,<Max
length>
PLAY TONE,<alpha id>,<tone>,<Time unit>,<Time interval>
SET UP MENU,<the number of item>,<alpha id>
SELECT ITEM,<the number of item>,<alpha id>
ITEM,<index>,<id>,<item string>
SEND SHORT MESSAGE,<alpha id>,<addr>,<sms tpdu>
SEND SS,<alpha id>,<ss string>
SEND USSD,<alpha id>,<ussd string>
SETUP CALL,<alpha id>,<addr>
SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT,<text string>
SEND DTMF,<alpha id>,<dtmf string>.
If <alpha id>=0, the alpha id is null

If <addr>=0, the addr is null
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference For detail introduction, please refer to SIM800 Series_STK_Application
Note.
5.2.9 AT+STKMENU STK Main menu command
AT+STKMENU STK Main menu command


AT+STKMENU=? OK
Parameters
See Read Command
Response
[+STKMENU: <index>,<id>,<text>]
[…]
Read Command
OK
AT+STKMENU?
Parameters
<index> The menu’s index, begin 1
<id> The item identifier
<text> The content of item, code by EFADN
Max Response Time -

Note
Reference
When stkpci is off, read command response will null.
5.2.10 AT+STKPCIS STK URC switch command
AT+STKPCIS STK URC switch command

Response
+STKPCIS: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+STKPCIS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+STKPCIS: <switch>
Read Command
AT+STKPCIS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+STKPCIS=<switch
Parameters
>
<switch> The switch of STK URC
0 The STK URC is off
1 The STK URC is ON

Max Response Time -

Note
Reference

6 AT Commands Special for SIMCom
6.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+SIDET Change the side tone gain level
AT+CPOWD Power off
AT+SPIC Times remained to input SIM PIN/PUK
AT+CMIC Change the microphone gain level
AT+CALA Set alarm time
AT+CALD Delete alarm
AT+CADC Read ADC
AT+CSNS Single numbering scheme
AT+CDSCB Reset cell broadcast
AT+CMOD Configure alternating mode calls
AT+CFGRI Indicate RI when using URC
AT+CLTS Get local timestamp
AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF tone generation
AT+CDRIND CS voice/data call termination indication
AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM
AT+CCVM Get and set the voice mail number on the SIM
AT+CBAND Get and set mobile operation band
AT+CHF Configure hands free operation
AT+CHFA Swap the audio channels
AT+CSCLK Configure slow clock
AT+CENG Switch on or off engineering mode
AT+SCLASS0 Store class 0 SMS to SIM when received class 0 SMS
AT+CCID Show ICCID
AT+CMGDA Delete all SMS
AT+STTONE Play SIM toolkit tone
AT+SIMTONE Generate specific tone
AT+CCPD Enable or disable alpha string
AT+CGID Get SIM card group identifier
AT+MORING Show state of mobile originated call
AT+CMGHEX Enable or disable sending non-ascii character SMS
AT+CCODE Configure SMS code mode
AT+CIURC Enable or disable initial URC presentation
AT+CPSPWD Change PS super password
AT+EXUNSOL Enable or disable proprietary unsolicited indications

AT+CGMSCLASS Change GPRS multislot class

AT+CDEVICE View current flash device type
AT+CCALR Call ready query
AT+GSV Display product identification information
AT+SGPIO Control the GPIO
AT+SPWM Generate the pulse-width-modulation
AT+ECHO Echo cancellation control
AT+CAAS Control auto audio switch
AT+SVR Configure voice coding type for voice calls
AT+GSMBUSY Reject incoming call
AT+CEMNL Set the list of emergency number
AT*CELLLOCK Set the list of ARFCN which needs to be locked
AT+SLEDS Set the timer period of net light
AT+CBUZZERRING Use the buzzer sound as the incoming call ring
AT+CEXTERNTONE Close or open the microphone
AT+CNETLIGHT Close the net light or open it to shining
AT+CWHITELIST Set the white list
AT+CSDT Switch on or off detecting SIM card
AT+CSMINS SIM inserted status reporting
AT+CSGS Netlight indication of GPRS status
AT+CMICBIAS Close or open the MICBIAS
AT+DTAM Set TTS and record play mode in call
AT+SJDR Set jamming detection fuction
AT+CPCMCFG Set PCM parameter
AT+CPCMSYNC Set PCM sync parameter
AT+CANT Antenna detecting
AT+CAGCSET Close or open AGC function
AT+SD2PCM SD and PCM switch function
AT+SKPD Keypad detecting function
AT+SIMTONEX Custom tones
AT+CROAMING Roaming state
AT+CNETSCAN Performing a net survey to show all the cells’ information
AT+CMNRP Dual serial port feature
AT+CEGPRS Switch on or off EDGE
AT+CGPIO Control the GPIO by PIN index
AT+CMEDPLAY Play audio file
AT+CMEDIAVOL Control the volume when playing audio file
AT+SNDLEVEL Set the sound level of special AT command
AT+ECHARGE Charge control
AT+SIMTIMER Modify the poll interval time requested by SIM card
AT+SPE Speech enhancement control
AT+CCONCINDEX Report concatenated SMS index
AT+SDMODE SD and PCM switch function
AT+SRSPT Control SMS retransmission
AT+CELLIST Perform a net survey to show sll the cells’ information

AT+CLIST Query AT
AT+CBATCHK Set VBAT checking feature ON/OFF
AT+DLYRI Control the delay time before indicate RI when using URC
6.2.1 AT+SIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level
AT+SIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level

Response
+SIDET: (list of supported <channel>s),(list of supported <gainlevel>s)
Test Command
AT+SIDET=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SIDET: (<channel0>,<gainlevel0>),…,(<channeln>,<gainleveln>)
Read Command
AT+SIDET? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+SIDET=<channel>,
<channel> 0 Main audio channel
<gainlevel>
1 Aux audio channel
2 Main audio channel hand free mode
3 Aux audio channel hand free mode
<gainlevel> Int: 0-16
Max Response Time -
Note
 <gainleveln> value of read command is related to <channel> specific.
Reference
 Scope of parameter <channel> is different among SIM800 series
project, please refer to chapter 20 for details.

6.2.2 AT+CPOWD Power off
AT+CPOWD Power Off

Response
[NORMAL POWER DOWN]
Write Command Parameter
AT+CPOWD=<n> <n>
0 Power off urgently (Will not send out NORMAL POWER DOWN)
1 Normal power off (Will send out NORMAL POWER DOWN)
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.3 AT+SPIC Times Remained to Input SIM PIN/PUK
AT+SPIC Times Remained to Input SIM PIN/PUK

Response
Times remained to input SIM PIN
+SPIC: <pin1>,<pin2>,<puk1>,<puk2>
AT+SPIC Parameters
<pin1> Times remained to input chv1
<pin2> Times remained to input chv2
<puk1> Times remained to input puk1
<puk2> Times remained to input puk2
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.4 AT+CMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level
AT+CMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level

Response
+CMIC: (list of supported <channel>s),(list of supported <gainlevel>s)
Test Command
AT+CMIC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+CMIC: (<channel0>,<gainlevel0>),…,(<channeln>,<gainleveln>)

AT+CMIC?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<channel> 0 Main audio channel
1 Aux audio channel
<gainlevel> Int: 0 – 15
0 0dB
1 +1.5dB
Write Command
2 +3.0 dB
AT+CMIC=<channel>,<
3 +4.5 dB
gainlevel>
4 +6.0 dB
5 +7.5 dB
6 +9.0 dB
7 +10.5 dB
8 +12.0 dB
9 +13.5 dB
10 +15.0 dB
11 +16.5 dB
12 +18.0 dB
13 +19.5 dB
14 +21.0 dB
15 +22.5 dB
Max Response Time -
Note
 <gainleveln> value is related to <channel> specific.
Reference  The default gain level of main audio channel is 10 or 6.
6.2.5 AT+CALA Set Alarm Time
AT+CALA Set Alarm Time

Response
Test Command
+CALA: ("yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss","hh:mm:ss"),(1-5),(0-7)
AT+CALA=?

OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
[+CALA: <time>,<n1>[,<recurr>]
[<CR><LF> +CALA: <time>,<n2>[,<recurr>] …]]
Read Command
OK
AT+CALA?
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Unsolicited Result Code Indicate expired alarm.
ALARM RING
+CALV: <n>
Parameters
<time> A string parameter(string should be included in quotation marks)
Write Command which indicates the time when alarm arrives. The format is
AT+CALA=<time>[,<n> "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss" where characters indicate the last two digits of year,
[,<recurr>]] month, day, hour, minute, second.
<n> Index of the alarm (range 1 to 5 for now).
<recurr> "0", "1"---"7" String type value indicating day of week for the
alarm in one of the following formats:
"<1..7>[,<1..7>[…]]" – Set a recurrent alarm for one or more
days in the week. The digits 1 to 7 correspond to the days in the
week, Monday (1), …, Sunday (7).
Example: The string "1,2,3,4,5" may be used to set an alarm for
all weekdays.
"0" – Set a recurrent alarm for all days in the week.
Max Response Time -
Note
If user sets recurr function, the string of <time> should not enter
Reference "yy/MM/dd", for example: set Monday to Friday alarm at the time of 16PM of
alarm 2.
AT+CALA="16:00:00",2,1,2,3,4,5

6.2.6 AT+CALD Delete Alarm
AT+CALD Delete Alarm

Response
+CALD: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CALD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CALD=<n>
Parameters
<n> Integer type value indicating the index of the alarm; default vaule is
manufacturer specific (range from 1 to 5 now).
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.7 AT+CADC Read ADC
AT+CADC Read ADC

Response
+CADC: (list of supported <status>s),(list of supported <value>s)
Test Command OK
AT+CADC=? Parameters
<status> 1 Success
0 Fail
<value> Integer 0-2800
Response
+CADC: <status>,<value>
Read Command
AT+CADC? OK
Parameters
See Test Command
Note
Reference

6.2.8 AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme

Response
+CSNS: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CSNS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSNS: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CSNS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CSNS=<mode>
<mode>
0 Voice
2 Fax
4 Data
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.9 AT+CDSCB Reset Cell Broadcast
AT+CDSCB Reset Cell Broadcast

AT+CDSCB OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
Please also refer to AT+CSCB.

6.2.10 AT+CMOD Configure Alternating Mode Calls
AT+CMOD Configure Alternating Mode Calls

Response
+CMOD: (0)
Test Command
AT+CMOD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMOD: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMOD? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command or
AT+CMOD=[<mode>] ERROR
Parameters
<mode> 0 Only single mode is supported
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.11 AT+CFGRI Indicate RI When Using URC
AT+CFGRI Indicate RI When Using URC

Response
+CFGRI: (0-2)
Test Command
AT+CFGRI=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CFGRI: <status>
Read Command
AT+CFGRI? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CFGRI=<status>
or

ERROR
Parameters
<status> 0 Off
1 On(TCPIP, FTP and URC control RI pin)
2 On(only TCPIP control RI pin)
Max Response Time -
Note
 RI pin can not controll by "AT+CFGRI" command when module has call
Reference service or receiving SMS.
 Default value of parameter <status> is different among SIM800 series
6.2.12 AT+CLTS Get Local Timestamp
AT+CLTS Get Local Timestamp

Response
Test Command +CLTS: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+/-zz"
AT+CLTS=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CLTS: <mode>
AT+CLTS?
OK
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable
1 Enable
Write Command When "get local timestamp" function is enabled, the following URC may be
AT+CLTS=<mode> reported if network sends the message to the MS to provide the MS with
subscriber specific information.
1. Refresh network name by network:
*PSNWID: "<mcc>","<mnc>","<full network name>",<full network
name CI>,"<short network name>",<short network name CI>
2. Refresh time and time zone by network:

This is UTC time, the time queried by AT+CCLK command is local time.
*PSUTTZ: <year>,<month>,<day>,<hour>,<min>,<sec>,"<time
zone>",<dst>

3. Refresh network time zone by network:

+CTZV: "<time zone>"
4. Refresh Network Daylight Saving Time by network:

DST: <dst>
Parameters
<mcc> String type; mobile country code
<mnc> String type; mobile network code
<full network name> String type; name of the network in full length.
<full network name CI> Integer type; indicates whether to add CI.
0 The MS will not add the initial letters of the Country's Name to the
text string.
1 The MS will add the initial letters of the Country's Name and a
separator (e.g. a space) to the text string.
<short network name> String type; abbreviated name of the network
<short network name CI> Integer type; indicates whether to add CI.
0 The MS will not add the initial letters of the Country's Name to the
text string.
1 The MS will add the initial letters of the Country's Name and a
separator (e.g. a space) to the text string.
<year> 4 digits of year (from network)
<month> Month (from network)
<day> Day (from network)
<hour> Hour (from network)
<min> Minute (from network)
<sec> Second (from network)
<time zone> String type; network time zone. If the network time zone has
been adjusted for Daylight Saving Time, the network shall indicate this by
including the <dst> (Network Daylight Saving Time)
<dst> Network Daylight Saving Time; the content of this
indicates the value that used to adjust the network time zone
0 No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
1 +1 hour adjustment for Daylight Saving
2 +2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
others Reserved
Max Response Time -
Note
 Support for this Command will be network dependent.
Reference
 Set AT+CLTS=1, it means user can receive network time updating
and use AT+CCLK to show current time.
 *PSUTTZ may report twice.

6.2.13 AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation
AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation

Response
Test Command +CLDTMF: (1-100),(0-9,A,B,C,D,E,F,*,#),(10-500)
AT+CLDTMF=?
OK
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n> A numeric parameter (1-100) which indicates the duration of all
Write Command
DTMF tones.
AT+CLDTMF=<n>,<DT <DTMF -string> A string parameter (string should be included in
MF
string>[<timeBase>] quotation marks) which has a max length of 20 chars of form <DTMF>,
separated by commas.
<DTMF> A single ASCII chars in the set 0-9, #,*, A-D. In addition, E and
F is supported too. E represents single frequency 1400HZ sound, F
represents single frequency 2300HZ sound.
<timeBase> timeBase to generate DTMF sound.the DTMF on time is
<n>*<timeBase>, DTMF off time is timeBase,the default value is 100ms.
Response
AT+CLDTMF Abort any DTMF tone currently being generated and any DTMF tone
sequence.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference Local DTMF tone can be played in call, play mode is controlled by
AT+DTAM.
6.2.14 AT+CDRIND CS Voice/Data Call Termination Indication
AT+CDRIND CS Voice/Data Call Termination Indication

Response
+CDRIND: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CDRIND=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+CDRIND: <n>
AT+CDRIND?

OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter
<n> A numeric parameter to enable an unsolicited event code indicating
whether a CS voice call, CS data has been terminated.
0 Disable
Write Command 1 Enable
AT+CDRIND=<n> Unsolicited result code
When enabled, an unsolicited result code is returned after the connection
has been terminated
+CDRIND: <type>
Parameter
<type> Connection type
0 CSV connection
1 CSD connection
2 PPP connection
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.15 AT+CSPN Get Service Provider Name from SIM
AT+CSPN Get Service Provider Name from SIM

Response
+CSPN: <spn>,<display mode>
OK
Read Command +CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CSPN? Parameters
<spn> String type(string should be included in quotation marks); service
provider name on SIM
<display mode>
0 Not display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN
1 Display PLMN
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

CME errors occur if SIM is not inserted.
6.2.16 AT+CCVM Get and Set the Voice Mail Number on the SIM
AT+CCVM Get and Set the Voice Mail Number on the SIM
Response
+CCVM: maximum length of field <vm number>, maximum length of field
<alpha string>
Test Command
AT+CCVM=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
If voice mail number is not set:
OK
If voice mail number is set:
Read Command
+CCVM: <vm number>[,<alpha string>]
AT+CCVM?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CCVM=<vm
number>[,<alpha
string>] +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<vm number> String type,The voice mail number to write to the SIM
<alpha string> String type,The alpha-string to write to the SIM
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.17 AT+CBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band
AT+CBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band

Response
+CBAND: (list of supported <op_band>s)
Test Command
AT+CBAND=?
OK
Parameter

See Write Command

Response
+CBAND: <op_band>[,<ALL_BAND>]
Read Command
AT+CBAND? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
<op_band> A string parameter which indicate the operation band.
And the following strings should be included in quotation marks.
Write Command
EGSM_MODE
AT+CBAND=<op_band
PGSM_MODE
>
DCS_MODE
GSM850_MODE
PCS_MODE
EGSM_DCS_MODE
GSM850_PCS_MODE
EGSM_PCS_MODE
ALL_BAND
Max Response Time -
Note
 Radio settings are stored in non-volatile memory.
Reference
 The value of parameter <op_band> is different among SIM800 series
6.2.18 AT+CHF Configure Hands Free Operation
AT+CHF Configure Hands Free Operation

Response
+CHF: (list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <state>s)
Test Command
AT+CHF=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CHF: <ind>,<state>
Read Command
AT+CHF?
OK
Parameters

See Write Command

Response
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command +CHF: <state>
AT+CHF=<ind>[,<state Parameters
>] <ind> 0 Unsolicited result code disabled
1 Unsolicited result code enabled
(non-volatile)
<state> 0 Main audio channel
1 Aux audio channel
4 PCM channel
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference This command is related to the actual module, <state> don’t support power
off save.
6.2.19 AT+CHFA Swap the Audio Channels
AT+CHFA Swap the Audio Channels

Response
+CHFA: (0=NORMAL_AUDIO, 1=AUX_AUDIO, 2=HANDFREE_AUDIO,
Test Command
3=AUX_HANDFREE_AUDIO, 4=PCM_AUDIO)
AT+CHFA=?
OK
Response
+CHFA: <n>
Read Command
AT+CHFA? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command If error is related to ME functionality:
AT+CHFA=<n> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
<n> 0 Main audio channel

1 Aux audio channel

4 PCM channel
Max Response Time -
Note
 This Command swaps the audio channels among different channels.
Reference project, please refer to chapter 20 for details.
 Main audio channel hand free mode is the same with main audio
channel; aux audio channel hand free mode is the same with aux audio
channel. Channel 2, 3 is virtual channel.
6.2.20 AT+CSCLK Configure Slow Clock
AT+CSCLK Configure Slow Clock

Response
+CSCLK: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CSCLK=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CSCLK: <n>
Read Command
AT+CSCLK? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter
Write Command <n> 0 Disable slow clock, module will not enter sleep mode.
AT+CSCLK=<n> 1 Enable slow clock, it is controlled by DTR. When DTR is
high, module can enter sleep mode. When DTR changes to low
level, module can quit sleep mode.
2 Enable slow clock automatically. When there is no interrupt
(on air and hardware such as GPIO interrupt or data in serial port),
module can enter sleep mode. Otherwise, it will quit sleep mode.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

 There are two caveats when you want to quit sleep mode in mode 2:
1, You should input some characters (at least one) to awake module
2, An interval time of 100ms more is necessary between waking characters
and following AT commands,otherwise the waking characters will not be
discarded completely,and messy codes will be produced which may leads
to UART baudrate re-adaptation.
 The +CSCLK value can not be reset by AT&F or ATZ command.
6.2.21 AT+CENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode
AT+CENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode

Response
TA returns the list of supported modes.
+CENG: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <Ncell>s)
Test Command
AT+CENG=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Engineering Mode is designed to allow a field engineer to view and test the
network information received by a handset, when the handset is either in
idle mode or dedicated mode (that is: with a call active). In each mode, the
engineer is able to view network interaction for the "serving cell" (the cell the
handset is currently registered with) or for the neighboring cells.
TA returns the current engineering mode. The network information including

serving cell and neighboring cells are returned. <cell> carry with them
corresponding network interaction.
+CENG: <mode>,<Ncell>
Read Command
AT+CENG? [+CENG:
<cell>,"<bcch>,<rxl>,<rxq>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<bsic>,<cellid>,<rla>,
<txp>,<lac>,<TA>[<dbm>,<c1>,<c2>,<tch>,<ts>,<maio>,<hsn>,<rxq_su
b>,<rxq_full>,<ch_mod>]"<CR><LF>+CENG:
<cell>,"<bcch>,<rxl>,<bsic>[,<cellid>,]<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>"…]
OK
if <mode>=3
[+CENG:
<cell>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>,<bsic>,<rxl><CR><LF>+CENG:

<cell>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>,<bsic>,<rxl>…]
OK
if <mode>=4
[+CENG:
<cell>,"<bcch>,<rxl>,<rxq>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<bsic>,<cellid>,<rla>,
<txp>,<lac>,<TA>,<dbm>,<c1>,<c2>,<tch>,<ts>,<maio>,<hsn>,<rxq_su
b>,<rxq_full>,<ch_mod>"<CR><LF>+CENG:
<cell>,"<bcch>,<rxl>,<bsic>,<cellid>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<c1>,<c2>"
…]
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Switch on or off engineering mode. It will report +CENG: (network
information) automatically if <mode>=2.
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<mode> 0 Switch off engineering mode
1 Switch on engineering mode
2 Switch on engineering mode, and activate the
URC report of network information
3 Switch on engineering mode, with limited network
information
Write Command
4 Switch on engineering mode, with extern information
AT+CENG=<mode>[,<
<Ncell> 0 Un-display neighbor cell ID
Ncell>]
1 Display neighbor cell ID
If <mode>=3, ignore this parameter.
<cell> 0 The serving cell
1-6 The index of the neighboring cell
<arfcn> Absolute radio frequency channel number, in decimal format
<bcch> ARFCN(Absolute radio frequency channel number) of BCCH
carrier, in decimal format
<rxl> Receive level, in decimal format
<rxq> Receive quality, in decimal format
<mcc> Mobile country code, in decimal format
<mnc> Mobile network code, in decimal format
<bsic> Base station identity code, in decimal format
<cellid> Cell id, in hexadecimal format

<lac> Location area code, in hexadecimal format

<rla> Receive level access minimum, in decimal format
<txp> Transmit power maximum CCCH, in decimal format
<TA> Timing Advance, in decimal format
<dbm> Receiving level in dBm
<c1> C1 value
<c2> C2 value
<tch> ARFCN of the TCH carrier, in decimal format
<ts> Timeslot number
<maio> MAIO value
<hsn> HSN value
<rxq_sub> Receiving quality (sub), range is 0 - 7
<rxq_full> Receiving quality (full), range is 0 – 7
<ch_mod> Speech channel type, in string format
Max Response Time -
Note
 Engineering mode can been switch on and taken effect after excuting
"AT+CFUN=1".
 Engineering mode only query one SIM card information.
 <lac> and <cellid> are in hex, <ch_mod> is string, and others are in
DEC.
 If network supports frequency hopping, then <tch> is invalid, value is 0.
Reference  Under non-dedicated mode:
<tch>,<ts>,<maio>,<hsn>,<rxq_sub>,<rxq_full>,<ch_mod> parameters
are invalid, shown in "x".
 Under dedicated mode, <c1> and<c2> in service cell are invalid, either
all neighbor cell parameters.
 Parameter <rssi> value of "AT+CSQ" is half of <rxl>. The sum of
<dbm> and <rxl> is 113. That is to say, <rssi>=<rxl>/2 and
<dbm>=113-<rxl>.
6.2.22 AT+SCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to SIM When Received Class 0 SMS
AT+SCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to SIM When Module Received Class 0 SMS
Response
+SCLASS0: (0, 1)
Test Command
AT+SCLASS0=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+SCLASS0: <mode>
AT+SCLASS0?

OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
AT+SCLASS0=<mode> <mode>
0 Disable to store Class 0 SMS to SIM when module receives
Class 0 SMS
1 Enable to store Class 0 SMS to SIM when module receives
Class 0 SMS
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.23 AT+CCID Show ICCID
AT+CCID Show ICCID

AT+CCID=? OK
Response
Execution Command Ccid data [ex. 898600810906F8048812]
AT+CCID
OK
Note
Reference
6.2.24 AT+CMGDA Delete All SMS
AT+CMGDA Delete All SMS

Response
+CMGDA: (list of supported <type>s)
Test Command
AT+CMGDA=? OK
or
+CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
or
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter
<type>
1) If text mode:
"DEL READ" Delete all read messages
Write Command "DEL UNREAD" Delete all unread messages
AT+CMGDA=<type> "DEL SENT" Delete all sent SMS
"DEL UNSENT" Delete all unsent SMS
"DEL INBOX" Delete all received SMS
"DEL ALL" Delete all SMS
2) If PDU mode:
1 Delete all read messages
2 Delete all unread messages
3 Delete all sent SMS
4 Delete all unsent SMS
5 Delete all received SMS
6 Delete all SMS
5s（delete 1 message）
Max Response Time 25s（delete 50 messages）
25s（delete 150 messages）
Note
Reference
6.2.25 AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone
AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone

Response
+STTONE: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <tone>s),(list of
supported <duration>s)
Test Command
OK
AT+STTONE=?
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+STTONE=<mode>, OK
<tone>,<duration> If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
The playing is stopped or completed.
+STTONE: 0
Parameters
<mode> 0 Stop playing tone
1 Start playing tone
<tone> Numeric type
1 Dial Tone
2 Called Subscriber Busy
3 Congestion
4 Radio Path Acknowledge
5 Radio Path Not Available / Call Dropped
6 Error / Special information
7 Call Waiting Tone
8 Ringing Tone
16 General Beep
17 Positive Acknowledgement Tone
18 Negative Acknowledgement or Error Tone
19 Indian Dial Tone
20 American Dial Tone
<duration> Numeric type, in milliseconds.
Max requested value=255*60*1000=15300000ms
(supported range=10-15300000)
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.26 AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone
AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone

Response
+SIMTONE: (0,1),(20-20000),(200-25500),(0,100-25500),(10-500000)
Test Command
AT+SIMTONE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
OK
AT+SIMTONE=<mode>
,<frequency>,<periodO If error is related to ME functionality:
n>,<periodOff>[,<durat +CME ERROR: <err>

ion>] Unsolicited Result Code

The playing is stopped or completed.
+SIMTONE: 0
Parameters
<mode> 0 Stop playing tone
1 Start playing tone
<frequency> The frequency of tone to be generated
<periodOn> The period of generating tone, must be multiple of 100
<periodOff> The period of stopping tone, must be multiple of 100
<duration> Duration of tones in milliseconds
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.27 AT+CCPD Enable or Disable Alpha String
AT+CCPD Enable or Disable Alpha String

Response
+CCPD: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CCPD=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CCPD: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CCPD? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+CCPD=<mode> Parameter
<mode>
0 Disable to present alpha string
1 Enable to present alpha string
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference

6.2.28 AT+CGID Get SIM Card Group Identifier
AT+CGID Get SIM Card Group Identifier

Response
+GID: <gid1>,<gid2>
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGID
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<gid1> Integer type of SIM card group identifier 1
<gid2> Integer type of SIM card group identifier 2
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference If the SIM supports GID files, the GID values will be retuned. Otherwise 0xff
is retuned.
6.2.29 AT+MORING Show State of Mobile Originated Call
AT+MORING Show State of Mobile Originated Call

Response
+MORING: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+MORING=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+MORING: <mode>
Read Command
AT+MORING? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
Write Command
<mode>
AT+MORING=<mode>
0 Not show call state of mobile originated call
1 Show call state of mobile originated call. After the call number is
dialed, the URC strings of MO RING will be sent if another call is alerted and
the URC strings of MO CONNECTED will be sent if the call is established.

MO RING
The call is alerted.
MO CONNECTED
The call is established.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.30 AT+CMGHEX Enable or Disable Sending Non-ASCII Character SMS
AT+CMGHEX Enable or Disable Sending Non-ASCII Character SMS

Response
+CMGHEX: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CMGHEX=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CMGHEX: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMGHEX? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameter
AT+CMGHEX=<mode>
<mode>
0 Send SMS in ordinary way
1 Enable to send SMS varying from 0x00 to 0x7f except 0x1a and
0x1b under text mode and GSM character set
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
Only be available in TEXT mode and AT+CSCS="GSM".
6.2.31 AT+CCODE Configure SMS Code Mode
AT+CCODE Configure SMS Code Mode


AT+CCODE=? +CCODE: (0,1)
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CCODE: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CCODE? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+CCODE=<mode> Parameter
<mode>
0 Code mode compatible with NOKIA
1 Code mode compatible with SIEMENS
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.32 AT+CIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation
AT+CIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation

Response
+CIURC: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CIURC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIURC: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIURC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CIURC=<mode>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters

<mode> 0 Disable URC presentation.

1 Enable URC presentation
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference When module is powered on and initialization procedure is over.
URC "Call Ready" will be presented if <mode> is 1.
6.2.33 AT+CPSPWD Change PS Super Password
AT+CPSPWD Change PS Super Password

Response
OK
AT+CPSPWD=<oldpw Parameters
d>,<newpwd> <oldpwd> String type(string should be included in quotation marks).
Old password and length should be 8.
<newpwd> String type(string should be included in quotation marks).
New password and length should be 8.
Max Response Time -
Note
 Default value of <oldpwd> is "12345678".
 If module is locked to a specific SIM card through AT+CLCK and
Reference
password lost or SIM state is PH-SIM PUK, user can use the super
password to unlock it.
 It is not supported temporarily.
6.2.34 AT+EXUNSOL Enable or Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications
AT+EXUNSOL Enable or Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications

Response
+EXUNSOL: (list of supported <exunsol>s)
Test Command
AT+EXUNSOL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+EXUNSOL=<exuns
ol>,<mode>
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<exunsol> String type(string should be included in quotation marks).
values are currently reserved by the present document
"SQ" Signal Quality Report
Displays signal strength and channel bit error rate (similar to
AT+CSQ) in form +CSQN: <rssi>,<ber>when values change.
<mode>
0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Query
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.35 AT+CGMSCLASS Change GPRS Multislot Class
AT+CGMSCLASS Change GPRS Multislot Class

Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: (2,4,8,9,10,12)
Test Command
AT+CGMSCLASS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: <class>
Read Command
AT+CGMSCLASS? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CGMSCLASS=<cla
+CME ERROR: <err>
ss>
Parameter
<class> GPRS multi-slot class
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

6.2.36 AT+CDEVICE View Current Flash Device Type
AT+CDEVICE View Current Flash Device Type

Response
Read Command Device Name: Current flash device type
AT+CDEVICE?
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
V.25ter
6.2.37 AT+CCALR Call Ready Query
AT+CCALR Call Ready Query

Response
+CCALR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Test Command
Parameter
AT+CCALR=?
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether the module is
ready for phone call.
0 Module is not ready for phone call
1 Module is ready for phone call
Response
ME returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <n> which
shows whether the module is currently ready for phone call.
Read Command +CCALR: <mode>
AT+CCALR?
OK
Parameter
See Test Command
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.38 AT+GSV Display Product Identification Information
AT+GSV Display Product Identification Information


AT+GSV TA returns product information text
Example:
SIMCOM_Ltd
SIMCOM_SIM800H
Revision: 1308B01SIM800H32
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.39 AT+SGPIO Control the GPIO
AT+SGPIO Control the GPIO

Response
+SGPIO: (0-1),(1-7),(0-1),(0-1)
Test Command
AT+SGPIO=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<operation>
0 Set the GPIO function including the GPIO output.
Write Command
1 Read the GPIO level. Please note that only when the gpio is set
AT+SGPIO=<operation as input, user can use parameter 1 to read the GPIO level, otherwise the
>,<GPIO>,<function>,<
level> module will return "ERROR".
<GPIO> The GPIO you want to be set. (It has relations with the hardware,
please refer to the hardware manual)
<function> Only when <operation> is set to 0, this option takes effect.
0 Set the GPIO to input.
1 Set the GPIO to output
<level>0 Set the GPIO low level
1 Set the GPIO high level
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference Scope of parameter <GPIO> is different among SIM800 series project,
please refer to chapter 20 for details.

6.2.40 AT+SPWM Generate the Pulse-Width-Modulation
AT+SPWM Generate the Pulse-Width-Modulation

Response
+SPWM: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported <freq>s),(list of
supported <level>s)
Test Command
AT+SPWM=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<index> Integer type: the index number of PWM port, which value is
Write Command
0-2; Current only support one channel,whether 0 or 1 or 2,the PWM port is
AT+SPWM=<index>,<f
req>,<level> the same.
0 For buzzer (according to the hardware support or not).
1 Corresponding to PWM_OUT0 in the hardware circuit
2 Corresponding to PWM_OUT1 in the hardware circuit
<freq> The range of <freq> is 0-100000, the output frequency equals to
CLK/(PWM_CNT+1),where PWM_CNT=CLK/ period-1.
<level> Duty ratio=PWM_THRES/( PWM_CNT+1)
Max Response Time -
Note
The PWM clock source is 13MHz, the equation of the final frequency is:
frequency=CLK/(PWM_CNT+1), where PWM_CNT=CLK/freq – 1.
Reference
However, the equation can not be simplified. PWM_THRES should be less
than the PWM_CNT.
If freq euals 0, the output of PWM is in low state.
6.2.41 AT+ECHO Echo Cancellation Control
AT+ECHO Echo Cancellation Control

Response
+ECHO: (0,1),(0-65535),(0-65535),(0-65535),(0-65535),(0,1)
Test Command
AT+ECHO=?
OK
Parameters

See Write Command

Response
+ECHO:
(<mic0>,<nlp0>,<aec0>,<nr0>,<ns0>),(<micn>,<nlpn>,<aecn>,<nrn>,<n
Read Command sn>)
AT+ECHO?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mic> Audio channel
Write Command 0 Main audio handset channel
AT+ECHO=<mic>,<nlp 1 Main audio handfree channel
>,<aec>,<nr>,<ns>[,<st <nlp> Nonlinear processing remove residual echo and background
ate>] noise
<aec> Acoustic echo cancellation
<nr> Noise reduction
<ns> Noise suppression
<state> Enable or disable to close echo algorithm
0 Echo algorithm be closed
1 Echo algorithm be actived
Max Response Time -
Note
For this command, please refer to actual model.
Reference
The default state the echo echo algorithm is actived, and the read command
is not displayed.
6.2.42 AT+CAAS Control Auto Audio Switch
AT+CAAS Control Auto Audio Switch

Response
+CAAS: (0-2)
Test Command
AT+CAAS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+CAAS: <mode>
AT+CAAS?

OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the audio channel will be
switched automatically to the corresponding channel in case of headset
attaching or detaching.
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameter
AT+CAAS=<mode>
<mode>
0 Disable automatic audio channel switch function, the headset
HOOK function is disabled;
1 Enable automatic audio channel switch function, the headset
HOOK function is enabled;
2 Disable automatic audio channel switch function, the headset
HOOK function is enabled.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference For this command, please refer to actual model.
The headset detection is still worked when <mode> is set to 0.
6.2.43 AT+SVR Configure Voice Coding Type for Voice Calls
AT+SVR Configure Voice Coding Type for Voice Calls

Response
+SVR: (list of supported <voice_rate_coding>s)
Test Command
AT+SVR=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+SVR: <voice_rate_coding>
Read Command
AT+SVR? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command OK
AT+SVR=<voice_rate_ If error is related to ME functionality:
coding> +CME ERROR: <error>
Parameter

<voice_rate_coding> A number parameter which indicate the voice

coding type.
0 FR
1 EFR/FR
2 HR/FR
3 FR/HR
4 HR/EFR
5 EFR/HR
6 AMR-FR/EFR,AMR-HR
7 AMR-FR/EFR,AMR-HR/HR
8 AMR-HR/HR/AMR-FR/EFR
9 AMR-HR/AMR-FR/EFR
10 AMR-HR/AMR-FR/FR
11 AMR-HR/HR/AMR-FR
12 AMR-FR/AMR-HR
13 AMR-FR/FR/AMR-HR
14 AMR-FR/FR/AMR-HR/HR
15 AMR-FR/EFR/FR/AMR-HR/HR
16 AMR-HR/AMR-FR/EFR/FR/HR
17 AMR-FR/AMR-HR/EFR/FR/HR
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The parameter of AT+SVR is stored in non-volatile memory.
6.2.44 AT+GSMBUSY Reject Incoming Call
AT+GSMBUSY Reject Incoming Call

Response
+GSMBUSY: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+GSMBUSY=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+GSMBUSY: <mode>
Read Command
AT+GSMBUSY? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+GSMBUSY=<mode
>
+CME ERROR: <error>

Parameter
<mode>
0 Enable incoming call
1 Forbid all incoming calls
2 Forbid incoming voice calls but enable CSD calls
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The parameter is not saved if the module power down.
6.2.45 AT+CEMNL Set the List of Emergency Number
AT+CEMNL Set the List of Emergency Number

Response
+CEMNL: (0-1),(1-11),("0"-"999")…
Test Command
AT+CEMNL=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CEMNL: <mode>[,<amount>,<emergency numbers>]
Read Command
AT+CEMNL? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
AT+CEMNL=<mode>[, <mode>
<amount>,<emergency 0 Disable
numbers>] 1 Enable
<amount> Amount of emergency number to be set. Up to 11 emergency
numbers supported. Default value is 2.
<emergency numbers> Emergency numbers to be set by user which
range is 0-999. Default numbers are 112 and 119.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

6.2.46 AT*CELLLOCK Set the List of ARFCN Which Needs to Be Locked
AT*CELLLOCK Set the List of ARFCN Which Needs to Be Locked

Response
*CELLLOCK: (list of supported <mode>s)[,(list of supported
<amount>s),(list of supported <locked arfcn list>s)[,(list of supported
Test Command <locked arfcn list>s)[,(list of supported <locked arfcn list>s)]]]
AT*CELLLOCK=?
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
*CELLLOCK: <mode>[,<amount>,<locked arfcn list>[,<locked arfcn
list>…]]
Read Command
AT*CELLLOCK?
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT*CELLLOCK=<mod Parameter
e>[,<amount>,<locked <mode>
arfcn list>[,<locked 0 Disable
arfcn list>…]]
1 Enable
<amout> Amount of arfcn to be set. Up to 3 arfcn supported.
<locked arfcn list> Arfcn needs to be locked by user.
Scope: (0-124),(128-251),(512-885) or (975-1023).
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.47 AT+SLEDS Set the Timer Period of Net Light
AT+SLEDS Set the Timer Period of Net Light

Response
+SLEDS: (1-3),(0,40-65535),(0,40-65535)
Test Command
AT+SLEDS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+SLEDS? +SLEDS: <mode>,<timer_on>,<timer_off>
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<mode>
1 Set the timer period of net light while SIM800 series does not register
Write Command
to the network
AT+SLEDS=<mode>,<t
2 Set the timer period net light while SIM800 series has already
imer_on>,<timer_off>
registered to the network
3 Set the timer period net light while SIM800 series is in the state of
PPP communication
<timer_on> Timer period of "LED ON" in decimal format which range is 0
or 40-65535(ms)
<timer_off> Timer period of "LED OFF" in decimal format which range is
0 or 40-65535(ms)
Max Response Time -
Note
The default value is :
Reference <mode> <timer_on> <timer_off>
1 64 800
2 64 3000
3 64 300
6.2.48 AT+CBUZZERRING Use the Buzzer Sound as the Incoming Call Ring
AT+CBUZZERRING Use the Buzzer Sound as the Incoming Call Ring

Response
+CBUZZERRING: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CBUZZERRING? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command OK
AT+CBUZZERRING=< or
mode> ERROR
Parameter

<mode>
0 Disable the function of using buzzer sound as the incoming call ring
1 Enable the function of using buzzer sound as the incoming call ring
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
This buzzer function is depending on the hardware.
6.2.49 AT+CEXTERNTONE Close or Open the Microphone
AT+CEXTERNTONE Close or Open the Microphone

Response
+CEXTERNTONE: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CEXTERNTONE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CEXTERNTONE: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CEXTERNTONE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CEXTERNTONE=<
Parameters
mode>
<mode>
0 Re-open the microphone
1 Close the microphone
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.50 AT+CNETLIGHT Close the Net Light or Open It to Shining
AT+CNETLIGHT Close the Net Light or Open It to Shining

Response
Test Command +CNETLIGHT: (0,1)
AT+CNETLIGHT=?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CNETLIGHT: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CNETLIGHT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CNETLIGHT=<mod
Parameters
e>
<mode>
0 Close the net light
1 Open the net light to shining
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.51 AT+CWHITELIST Set the White List
AT+CWHITELIST Set the White List

Response
+CWHITELIST: (0-3)
Test Command
AT+CWHITELIST=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CWHITELIST: <mode>[,<phone number1>,<phone
number2>,…<phone number30>]
Read Command
AT+CWHITELIST?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
or
AT+CWHITELIST=<mo ERROR
de>[,<index>,<phone
number>] Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable

1 Enable only call white list

2 Enable only SMS white list
3 Enable call and SMS white list
<index> The index of phone number, scope: 1-30
<phone number> Phone number to be set
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  Parameter mode value is 1, can save white list phone number ,Other
mode value can not save white list phone number.
 White list phone numbers are suitable to call and SMS function.
6.2.52 AT+CSDT Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card
AT+CSDT Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card

Response
+CSDT: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+CSDT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSDT: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CSDT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CSDT=<mode> Parameters
<mode>
0 Switch off detecting SIM card
1 Switch on detecting SIM card
Max Response Time -
Note
 User should select 8-pin SIM card holder to implement SIM card
Reference detection function.
 After plug out simcard, User should wait 2 seconds before plug in SIM
card.

6.2.53 AT+CSMINS SIM Inserted Status Reporting
AT+CSMINS SIM Inserted Status Reporting

Response
+CSMINS: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CSMINS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CSMINS: <n>,<SIM inserted>
Read Command
AT+CSMINS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
+CSMINS: <n>,<SIM inserted>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CSMINS=<n>
<n> A numeric parameter to show an unsolicited event code indicating
whether the SIM has been inserted or removed.
0 Disable
1 Enable
<SIM inserted> A numeric parameter which indicates whether SIM card
has been inserted.
0 Not inserted
1 Inserted
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.54 AT+CSGS Netlight Indication of GPRS Status
AT+CSGS Netlight Indication of GPRS Status

Response
Test Command +CSGS: (0-2)
AT+CSGS=?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSGS: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CSGS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command <mode>
AT+CSGS=<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable, the netlight will be forced to enter into 64ms on/300ms off
blinking state in GPRS data transmission service. Otherwise, the
netlight state is not restricted.
2 Enable, the netlight will blink according to AT+SLEDS in GPRS data
transmission service.
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
6.2.55 AT+CMICBIAS Close or Open the MICBIAS
AT+CMICBIAS Close or Open the MICBIAS

Response
+CMICBIAS: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CMICBIAS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMICBIAS: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMICBIAS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CMICBIAS=<mode
or
>
ERROR

Parameters
<mode>
0 Turn off the micbias
1 Turn on the micbias
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
The settting take effect at the current channel only
6.2.56 AT+DTAM Set TTS and RECORD Play Mode in Call
AT+DTAM Set TTS and RECORD Play Mode in Call

Response
+DTAM: (0-2)
Test Command
AT+DTAM=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+DTAM: <mode>
Read Command
AT+DTAM? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+DTAM=<mode>
<mode> TTS and record play mode
0 Local
1 Remote
2 Local and remote
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference This command takes effect only in call. TTS and record not in call only play
locally no matter what the mode is. Setting takes effect before TTS or record
play.
6.2.57 AT+SJDR Set Jamming Detection Function
AT+SJDR Set Jamming Detection Funcition

Response
+SJDR: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+SJDR=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SJDR: <status>
or
Read Command +SJDR: <status>,<mode>,<var>,<display>,<result>
AT+SJDR?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Unsolicited result codes supported:
+SJDR: NO JAMMING
or
+SJDR: JAMMING DETECTED
or
+SJDR: INTERFERENCE DETECTED
Parameters
<status>
Write Command
0 Disable jamming detection
AT+SJDR=<status>,< 1 Enable jamming detection
mode>[,<var>[,<displa
y>]] <mode>
0 Should inquire status by reading command
1 Only report jamming status via URC from serial port
2 Only report jamming status via the PIN
3 Report jamming status via URC as well as the PIN
<var> The threshold to separate "+SJDR: JAMMING DETECTED"
from "+SJDR: INTERFERENCE DETECTED" (while the
signal strength variance is higher than <var>, there could be
industrial interferences , and "+SJDR: INTERFERENCE
DETECTED" is reported).
1-255(default value:255)
<display>
0 Report jamming status via URC every 3000ms. (only when <mode>
is set to "1" or "3")
1 Report jamming status via URC when jamming status

changed.(only when <mode> is set to "1" or "3")
Max Response Time -

Note
 When you query jamming detection status after enable jamming
detection mode, you will get the URC of the format below:
+SJDR:1,<mode>,<var>,<display>,<result>
<result>=0, means no jamming.
<result>=1, means jamming is detected.
<result>=2, means industrial interference is detected.
 "+SJDR: INTERFERENCE DETECTED" indicates industrial
Reference
interference which signifies unintentional radio link disturbances by
strong industrial radio sources.
 Jamming detection PIN is designed to indicate jamming by outputting
different level. When jamming is detected, the PIN will output a high
level, otherwise, it will output a low level.
 Jamming detection PIN is different among SIM800 series project,
please refer to chapter 20 for details.
 Jamming detection only can be enabled after network has registered.
Otherwise it will cause network cannot register.
6.2.58 AT+CPCMCFG Set PCM Parameter
AT+CPCMCFG Set PCM Parameter

Response
+CPCMCFG: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+CPCMCFG=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CPCMCFG: <format>
Read Command
AT+CPCMCFG? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
or
AT+CPCMCFG=<forma
ERROR
t>
Parameters
<format>

0 MSB
1 LSB
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
Part of the projects supported by this AT command, please refer to chapter
20 for details.
6.2.59 AT+CPCMSYNC Set PCM Sync Parameter
AT+CPCMSYNC Set PCM Sync Parameter

Response
+CPCMSYNC: (0-1),(1-8)
Test Command
AT+CPCMSYNC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CPCMSYNC: <sync>,<length>
Read Command
AT+CPCMSYNC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CPCMSYNC=<syn
Parameters
c>,<length>
<sync> 0 PCM short sync
1 PCM long sync
<length> 1-8 PCM sync length(1-8)
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  The <length> is only supported 1 when PCM sync is short sync.
 Part of the projects supported by this AT command, please refer to
6.2.60 AT+CANT Antenna Detecting
AT+CANT Antenna Detecting

Response
Test Command
+CANT: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <UrcEnable>s),(list

AT+CANT=? of supported <timer>s)
OK
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CANT: <mode>,<UrcEnable>,<timer>
Read Command OK
AT+CANT? or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CANT: <status>
Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable the antenna detecting function
1 Enable the antenna detecting function
Write Command <UrcEnable>
AT+CANT=<mode>,<U 0 Disable reporting antenna state by URC
rcEnable>,<timer> 1 Enable reporting antenna state by URC
<timer> Reporting timer in units of seconds, range: 0-3600. Set timer to 0
will close detect, the recommend value is 10.
0-3600
<status>
0 Connected normally
1 Connected to GND
2 Connected to other power source
3 Not connected
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
20 for details.
6.2.61 AT+CAGCSET Close or Open AGC Function
AT+CAGCSET Close or Open AGC Funcion


AT+CAGCSET=? +CAGCSET: (0,1)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CAGCSET: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CAGCSET? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CAGCSET=<mode
Parameters
>
<mode>
0 Close AGC function
1 Open the AGC function
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
6.2.62 AT+SD2PCM SD and PCM Switch Function
AT+SD2PCM SD and PCM Switch Function

Response
+SD2PCM: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+SD2PCM=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SD2PCM: <mode>
Read Command
AT+SD2PCM? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command or
AT+SD2PCM=<mode> ERROR
Parameters
<mode>

0 SD card interface is valid

1 PCM interface is valid
Max Response Time -
Note:
 If user set <mode> from 1 to 0, user should execute at&w command to
Reference save this setting, and then reboot the module by AT command or
pwrkey.
6.2.63 AT+SKPD Keypad Detecting Function
AT+SKPD Keypad Detecting Function

Response
+SKPD: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+SKPD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SKPD: <mode>
Read Command
AT+SKPD? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
If key has pressed or released, The URC report is:
+SKPD: <value>,<event>
AT+SKPD=<mode> <mode>
0 Disable Keypad detecting function
1 Enable Keypad detecting function
<value> The value of pressed or released keypad
<event> The status of keypad
0 Key released
1 Key pressed
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

20 for details.
6.2.64 AT+SIMTONEX Custom Tones
AT+SIMTONEX Custom Tones

Response
+SIMTONEX:
(0,1),(10-500000),(20-20000),(0-20000),(200-25500),(10-25500),(0-4)...
Test Command
AT+SIMTONEX=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command The playing is stopped or completed.
AT+SIMTONEX=<mod +SIMTONEX: 0
e>,<duration>,<freq1>, Parameters
<freq2>,<periodOn>,< <mode>
periodOff>,<nextIndex
>[,<freq1>,<freq2>,<pe 0 Stop playing tone
riodOn>,<periodOff>,< 1 Start playing tone
nextIndex>…] <duration> Duration of tones in milliseconds
<freq1> The first frequency of tone to be generated
<freq2> The second frequency of tone to be generated
<periodOn> The period of generating tone, must be multiple of 100
<periodOff> The period of stopping tone, must be multiple of 100
<nextIndex> The index of next tone to play
Max Response Time -
Note
 A group of parameters
<freq1>,<freq2>,<periodOn>,<periodOff>,<nextIndex> is used to
define a tone. The index is defined from 0 to 4.AT+SIMTONEX
supports up to five tone and the tones will play cyclically according the
Reference
order specified by <nextIndex>. For example, with
"AT+SIMTONEX=1,10000,800,0,500,10,2,2000,0,500,100,2600,0,500,
10,1,1700,0,500,10,4,2200,0,600,100,0",the order is 800->
2600->2000->1700->2200->800 and so on.
 This command support play in call, but the <duration> is limited to 10s.

6.2.65 AT+CROAMING Roaming State
AT+CROAMING Roaming State

Response
+CROAMING: <state>
OK
Execution Command
Parameters
AT+CROAMING
<state>
0 Home network
1 International network(different mcc)
2 Other network(different mnc but same operator)
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.66 AT+CNETSCAN Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information
AT+CNETSCAN Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information

Response
+CNETSCAN: (list of supported <format>s)
Test Command
AT+CNETSCAN=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CNETSCAN: <format>
Read Command
AT+CNETSCAN? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command OK
AT+CNETSCAN=<form Parameters
at> <format> 0 Hide lac and bsic information
1 Show lac and bsic information
Response
If format’s value is 0:
Operator:"<Network_Operator_name>",MCC:<MCC>,MNC:<MNC>,Rxl
Execution Command
ev:<Rxlev>,Cellid:<CellID>,Arfcn:<Arfcn>[<CR><LF>Operator:"<Netw
AT+CNETSCAN
ork_Operator_name2>",MCC:<MCC2>,MNC:<MNC2>,Rxlev:<Rxlev2>,
Cellid:<CellID2>,Arfcn:<Arfcn2>[…]]
If format’s value is 1:

Operator:"<Network_Operator_name>",MCC:<MCC>,MNC:<MNC>,Rxl
ev:<Rxlev>,Cellid:<CellID>,Arfcn:<Arfcn>,Lac:<Lac>,Bsic:<Bsic>[<CR
><LF>Operator:"<Network_Operator_name2>",MCC:<MCC2>,MNC:<M
NC2>,Rxlev:<Rxlev2>,Cellid:<CellID2>,Arfcn:<Arfcn2>,Lac:<Lac2>,Bsi
c:<Bsic2>[…]]
OK
Parameters
<Network_Operator_name> Long format alphanumeric of network
operator.
<MCC> Mobile country code.
<MNC> Mobile network code.
<Rxlev> Recieve level, in decimal format.
<CellID> Cell identifier, in hexadecimal format.
<Arfcn> Absolute radio frequency channel number, in decimal format.
<Lac> Location area code, in hexadecimal format.
<Bsic> Base station identity code, in hexadecimal format.
Note
Reference
6.2.67 AT+CMNRP Dual Serial Port Feature
AT+CMNRP Dual Serial Port Feature

Response
+CMNRP: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+CMNRP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMNRP: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMNRP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CMNRP=<mode>
Parameters
<mode> 0 Disable dual serial port
1 Enable dual serial port


Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  Please refer to SIM800 Series_Serial Port_Application Note.
6.2.68 AT+CEGPRS Switch on or off EDGE
AT+CEGPRS Switch on or off EDGE

Response
+CEGPRS: (0,1),(2,4,8,9,10,12)
Test Command
AT+CEGPRS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CEGPRS: <switch>[,<class>]
Read Command
AT+CEGPRS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CEGPRS=<switch <switch>
>[,<class>] 0 Switch off EDGE
1 Switch on EDGE
<class> EGPRS multi-slot class
Note: If <switch> value is equal to 1,<class> must be input.otherwise <class> is
optional.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
The module must restart if the EDGE is switched on or off.
6.2.69 AT+CGPIO Control the GPIO by PIN Index
AT+CGPIO Control the GPIO by PIN Index


AT+CGPIO=? +CGPIO: (0-1),( list of supported <pin>s),(0-1),(0-1)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<operation>
0 Set the GPIO function including the GPIO output .
Write Command 1 Read the GPIO level. Please note that only when the gpio is set as
AT+CGPIO=<operation input, user can use parameter 1 to read the GPIO level, otherwise the
>,<pin>,<function>,<le module will return "ERROR".
vel> <pin> The PIN index you want to be set. (It has relations with the
hardware, please refer to the hardware manual)
<function> Only when <operation> is set to 0, this option takes effect.
0 Set the GPIO to input.
1 Set the GPIO to output
<level>
0 Set the GPIO low level
1 Set the GPIO high level
Note
Reference
6.2.70 AT+CMEDPLAY Play Audio File
AT+CMEDPLAY Play Audio File

Response
+CMEDPLAY: (0-3)
Test Command
AT+CMEDPLAY=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMEDPLAY: <state>
Read Command
AT+CMEDPLAY? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
if<mode>=0,2,3, response：
AT+CMEDPLAY=<mod
OK

e> if<mode>=1, start playing

AT+CMEDPLAY=1,<filepath>,<channel>,<volume>
OK
If error is related to MS functionality, response：

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode> command operation mode
0 Stop playing
1 Start playing
2 Pause playing
3 Resume playing
<filepath> Audio file path and name
<channel> Audio play channel
0 Main channel
1 Aux channel
<volume> Audio play volume,0-100
<state> Audio playing state
0 Idle
1 Playing
2 Paused
+CMEDPLAY: 0 // play over
Max Response Time
Note
 <mode> 2 and 3 are not supported when playing audio file during call.
Reference
 The audio file can not be played duirng incoming call or outgoing call.
 Only support WAV, PCM, AMR and MP3 format.
 Only support WAV format with 8K 16bit and AMR format during call.
6.2.71 AT+CMEDIAVOL Control the Volume when Playing Audio File
AT+CMEDIAVOL Control the Volume when Playing Audio File

Response
+CMEDIAVOL: (0-100)
Test Command
AT+CMEDIAVOL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
AT+CMEDIAVOL=<lev OK
el> or

ERROR
Parameters
<level> Integer type value with manufacturer specific range (smallest
value represents the lowest sound level).
0-100
Note
Reference
The command takes effect only when playing audio file.
6.2.72 AT+SNDLEVEL Set the Sound Level of Special AT Command
AT+SNDLEVEL Set the Sound Level of Special AT Command

Response
+SNDLEVEL: (0-1),(0-100)
Test Command
AT+SNDLEVEL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SNDLEVEL: (0,<soundlevel0>),(1,<soundlevel1>)
Read Command
AT+SNDLEVEL? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+SNDLEVEL=<mod
e>,<soundlevel> <mode> 0 adjust the sound level of STTONE and SIMTONE
1 adjust the sound level of CLDTMF
<soundlevel> 0-100 Integer type value with manufacturer specific
range (smallest value represents the lowest sound level).
Default value of <soundlevel0> is 31 and <soundlevel1> is 16.
Note
Reference
6.2.73 AT+ECHARGE Charge Control
AT+ECHARGE Charge Control

Response
Test Command +ECHARGE: (0-1)
AT+ECHARGE=?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+ECHARGE: <n>
Read Command
AT+ECHARGE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+ECHARGE=<n> Parameters
<n>
0 Disable charge
1 Enable charge
Note
Reference
6.2.74 AT+SIMTIMER Modify the Poll Interval Time Requested by SIM Card
AT+SIMTIMER Modify the Poll Interval Time Requested by SIM Card

Response
+SIMTIMER: (1-26)
Test Command
AT+SIMTIMER=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SIMTIMER: <time>
Read Command
AT+SIMTIMER? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command or
AT+SIMTIMER=<time> ERROR
Parameters
<time> 1-26 second
Max Response Time -

Note
Reference
6.2.75 AT+SPE Speech Enhancement Control
AT+SPE Speech Enhancement Control

Response
+SPE: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+SPE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SPE: <n>
Read Command
AT+SPE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+SPE=<n> Parameters
<n>
0 Disable Speech Enhancement
1 Enable Speech Enhancement
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.76 AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index
AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index

Response
Test Command
AT+CCONCINDEX=?
OK
Response
+CCONCINDEX: N,i,j,k,...
Execution Command
OK
AT+CCONCINDEX
where N is the number of segments that form the whole concatenated SMS
i,j,k are the SMS indexes of each SMS segment , N is 0 if no segments has

been received.
SMS is present on the SIM or ME, only OK result code will been returned.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.77 AT+SDMODE SD Mode Switch Function
AT+SDMODE SD and PCM Switch Function

Response
+SDMODE: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+SDMODE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SDMODE: <mode>
Read Command
AT+SDMODE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+SDMODE=<mode> Parameters
<mode>
0 SD card function is invalid
1 SD card function is valid
Max Response Time -
Note:
 If user set <mode> from 0 to 1, user should execute "AT&W" command
Reference to save this setting, and then reboot the module by AT command or
pwrkey.
 Part of the project supported by this AT command, please refer to
6.2.78 AT+SRSPT Control SMS Retransmission
AT+SRSPT Control SMS Retransmission


AT+SRSPT=? +SRSPT: (0,1)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SRSPT: <n>
Read Command
AT+SRSPT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+SRSPT=<n> Parameters
<n>
0 Enable SMS retransmission
1 Disable SMS retransmission
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
6.2.79 AT+CELLIST Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information
AT+CELLIST Perform a Net Survey to Show All the Cells’ Information

Response
+CELLIST: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <period>s)
Test Command
AT+CELLIST=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CELLIST: <mode>,<period>
Read Command
AT+CELLIST? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command OK
AT+CELLIST=<mode>[ Parameters
,<period>] <mode> 0 Disable scan cell infomation
1 Enable scan cell infomation

<period> 10-7200 Scan period, default value is 30.Unit is second.

Response
+CELLIST: <MCC>,<MNC>,<Arfcn>,<Rxlev>,<CellID>,<Lac>,<Bsic>
….
OK
Parameters
Execution Command <MCC> Mobile country code.
AT+CELLIST <MNC> Mobile network code.
<Rxlev> Recieve level, in decimal format.
<CellID> Cell identifier, in hexadecimal format.
<Arfcn> Absolute radio frequency channel number, in decimal format.
<Lac> Location area code, in hexadecimal format.
<Bsic> Base station identity code, in hexadecimal format.
Note
 If the CELLIST function is enabled, the module will scan full frequency
in accordance with the set of <period>, it will affect the normal network
registration, so it is recommended to enable the function and the
<period> value is greater than 30 after the network registration.
 Enable the CELLIST function will increase the flow of the module.
 The function of CELLIST and CNETSCAN are the same. CNETSCAN
Reference is synchronized to scan cell information, until the scan complete AT
instructions to return to the cell information. CELLIST is an
asynchronous operation, the internal module of the automatic
scanning, the implementation of the AT+CELLIST to return the scan
directly out of the cell information.
 After Enable the CELLIST function, the module need to wait for a
period of time to read the cell information, this time is generally about
30 seconds.
6.2.80 AT+CLIST Query AT
AT+CLIST Query AT
Response
+CLIST: <module>s
Test Command
AT+CLIST=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
+CLIST:
001: <name>
002: <name>
003: <name>
Write Command …
AT+CLIST=<module>
OK
Parameters
<module> My terminal`s module, eg:SAT,NT,CALL_EXT,
NETWORK_EXT,SIMCOM_ALL,PLATFORM.
<name> AT command`s name, eg:CFUN,CREG,CLIST,STKI.
Note
Reference
Each row only shows four modules
6.2.81 AT+CBATCHK Set VBAT Checking Feature ON/OFF
AT+CBATCHK Set VBAT Checking Feature ON/OFF

Response
Test Command +CBATCHK: (0,1)
AT+CBATCHK=?
OK
Response
+CBATCHK: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CBATCHK? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command If failed:
AT+CBATCHK=<mode +CME ERROR: <err>
> Parameters
<mode> 0 Close the function of VBAT checking
1 Open the function of VBAT checking
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The default value of parameter <mode> is different among SIM800 series
projects, please refer to chapter 20 for details.

6.2.82 AT+DLYRI Control the Delay Time before Indicate RI when Using URC
AT+DLYRI Control the Delay Time before Indicate RI when Using URC
Response
+DLYRI: (0,10-1000)
Test Command
AT+DLYRI=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+DLYRI: <n>
Read Command
AT+DLYRI? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+DLYRI=<n>
Parameters
<n> 0 Off
n Delay time <n> (ms)
Max Response Time -
Reference

7 AT Commands for GPRS Support
7.1 Overview of AT Commands for GPRS Support
Command Description
AT+CGATT Attach or detach from GPRS service
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context
AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)
AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate
AT+CGDATA Enter data state
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
AT+CGCLASS GPRS mobile station class
AT+CGEREP Control unsolicited GPRS event reporting
AT+CGREG Network registration status
AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
7.2 Detailed Descriptions of AT Commands for GPRS Support
7.2.1 AT+CGATT Attach or Detach from GPRS Service
AT+CGATT Attach or Detach from GPRS Service

Response
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
Test Command
AT+CGATT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGATT: <state>
Read Command
AT+CGATT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK

AT+CGATT=<state> If error is related to ME functionality:

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<state> Indicates the state of GPRS attachment
0 Detached
1 Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the
Write Command.
Reference Note
7.2.2 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context

Response
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of
supported<d_comp>s),(list of supported<h_comp>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list
Test Command
ofsupported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s)[...]]
AT+CGDCONT=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<head_comp>
[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
Read Command <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<head_comp>
AT+CGDCONT? […]]
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command or
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[, ERROR
<PDP_type>[,APN>[,< Parameters
PDP_addr>[,<d_comp <cid> (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a
>[,<h_comp>]]]]]
particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT
interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of
permitted values (minimum value=1) is returned by the test form of the

command.
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)
IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
<APN> (Access Point Name) A string parameter (string should be
included in quotation marks) which is a logical name that is used to select
the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted,
then the subscription value will be requested.The default value is NULL.
<PDP_addr> A string parameter (IP address). Format: "<n>.<n>.<n>.<n>"
where <n>=0..255
If the value is null or equals 0.0.0.0 a dynamic address will be requested.
The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command
<d_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 –PDP data compression off (default if value is omitted)
<h_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 –PDP header compression off (default if value is omitted)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.3 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

Response
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of
supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported
<peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN:
<PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence> s),(list of supported
Test Command <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported <peak>s),(list
AT+CGQMIN=? of supported <mean>s)
[…]]
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,>reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[<CR><LF>+
CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>
Read Command
[…]]
AT+CGQMIN?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command)
1..3
<precedence>
0 QOS precedence class subscribed value
Write Command 1..3 QOS precedence class
AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,< <delay>
precedence>[,<delay>[
0 QOS delay class subscribed value
,<reliability>[,<peak>[,
<mean>]]]]] 1..4 QOS delay class subscribed
<reliability>
0 QOS reliability class subscribed value
1..5 QOS reliability class.
<peak>
0 QOS peak throughput class subscribed value
1..9 QOS peak throughput class
<mean>
0 QOS mean throughput class subscribed value
1..18 QOS mean throughput class
31 QOS mean throughput class best effort
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.4 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)

Response
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of
supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),<list of supported
<peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ:
<PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence> s),(list of supported
Test Command <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported <peak>s),(list
AT+CGQREQ=? of supported <mean>s)
[…]]
OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,>reliability>,<peak>,<mean>
[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>
Read Command
[…]]
AT+CGQREQ?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
definition (see +CGDCONT Command)
The following parameter are defined in GSM 03.60
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence
class
0 QOS precedence class subscribed value
Write Command 1..3 QOS precedence class
AT+CGQREQ=cid>[,<p <delay> A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
recedence>[,<delay>[,
0 QOS delay class subscribed value
<reliability>[,<peak>[,<
mean>]]]]] 1..4 QOS delay class
<reliability> A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
0 QOS reliability class subscribed value
1..5 QOS reliability class; default value: 3
<peak> A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput
class
0 QOS peak throughput class subscribed value
1..9 QOS peak throughput class
<mean> A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class
0 QOS mean throughput class subscribed value
1..18 QOS mean throughput class
31 QOS mean throughput class best effort
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.5 AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate
AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate


AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state>…]
Read Command
AT+CGACT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Write Command <state> Indicates the state of PDP context activation
AT+CGACT=<state>[,< 0 Deactivated
cid>] 1 Activated
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the
Write Command.
definition (see +CGDCONT Command). If the <cid> is omitted, it only
affects the first cid.
Note
Reference  This command is used to test PDPs with network simulators.
Successful activation of PDP on real network is not guaranteed.
 Refer to AT+CGDATA clarification for more information.
7.2.6 AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
AT+CGDATA Enter Data State

Response
+CGDATA: list of supported <L2P>s
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
CONNECT
AT+CGDATA=<L2P>[,
<cid>]
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<L2P> A string parameter (string should be included in quotation marks)
that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT:
"PPP" Point to Point protocol for a PDP such as IP
Other values are not supported and will result in an ERROR response
to the execution Command.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.7 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address

Response
+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>
[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[…]]
OK
Write Command or
AT+CGPADDR=<cid> ERROR
Parameters
<PDP_addr> String type, IP address format: "<n>.<n>.<n>.<n>" where
<n>=0..255
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
Write command returns address provided by the network if a connection
has been established.
7.2.8 AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class
AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class

Response
+CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
Test Command
AT+CGCLASS=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
+CGCLASS: <class>
Read Command
AT+CGCLASS? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameter
AT+CGCLASS=<class
<class> A string parameter(string should be included in quotation marks)
>
which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in descending order of
functionality)
B Class-B mode of operation (A/Gb mode), (not applicable in Iu
mode) MT would operate PS and CS services but not simultaneously
CG Class C in GPRS only mode
CC Class C in circuit switched only mode (lowest)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
It only supports Class B, CG and CC.
7.2.9 AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting
AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting

Response
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CGEREP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command +CGEREP: <mode>
AT+CGEREP?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Unsolicited Result Codes supported:

+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: NW DETACH
Write Command
+CGEV: ME DETACH
AT+CGEREP=<mode>
Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable event reporting.
1 Enable event reporting.
<PDP_type> Packet Data Protocol type (see +CGDCONT
Command)
<PDP_addr> Packet Data Protocol address (see +CGDCONT
Command)
<cid> Context Id (see +CGDCONT Command)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.10 AT+CGREG Network Registration Status
AT+CGREG Network Registration Status

Response
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CGREG=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Read Command OK
AT+CGREG? If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+CGREG=[<n>] OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<n>
0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG:
<stat>
2 Enable network registration and location information unsolicited
result code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat>
0 Not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to
register to.The GPRS service is disabled, the UE is allowed to attach for
GPRS if requested by the user.
1 Registered, home network.
2 Not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an
operator to register to. The GPRS service is enabled, but an allowable
PLMN is currently not available. The UE will start a GPRS attach as soon as
an allowable PLMN is available.
3 Registration denied, The GPRS service is disabled, the UE is not
allowed to attach for GPRS if it is requested by the user.
4 Unknown
5 Registered, roaming
<lac> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); two
byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in
decimal)
<ci> String type (string should be included in quotation marks); two
bytes cell ID in hexadecimal format
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
7.2.11 AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages
AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages

Response
+CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s)
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+CGSMS: <service>
AT+CGSMS?

OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<service> A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service
Write Command
preference to be used
AT+CGSMS=<service>
0 Packet Domain
1 Circuit switched
2 Packet Domain preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not
available)
3 Circuit switched preferred (use Packet Domain if circuit switched not
available)
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note

8 AT Commands for TCPIP

Application Toolkit
8.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+CIPMUX Start up multi-IP connection
AT+CIPSTART Start up TCP or UDP connection
AT+CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP connection
AT+CIPQSEND Select data transmitting mode
AT+CIPACK Query previous connection data transmitting state
AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP connection
AT+CIPSHUT Deactivate GPRS PDP context
AT+CLPORT Set local port
AT+CSTT Start task and set APN, user name, password
AT+CIICR Bring up wireless connection with GPRS or CSD
AT+CIFSR Get local IP address
AT+CIPSTATUS Query current connection status
AT+CDNSCFG Configure domain name server
AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP address of given domain name
AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP head at the beginning of a package received
AT+CIPATS Set auto sending timer
AT+CIPSPRT Set prompt of ‘>’ when module sends data
AT+CIPSERVER Configure module as server
AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD or GPRS for connection mode
AT+CIPSRIP Show remote IP address and port when received data
AT+CIPDPDP Set whether to check state of GPRS network timing
AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP application mode
AT+CIPCCFG Configure transparent transfer mode
AT+CIPSHOWTP Display transfer protocol in IP head when received data
AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP extended mode
AT+CIPRXGET Get data from network manually
AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP application context
AT+CIPRDTIMER Set remote delay timer
AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP context

AT+CIPTKA Set TCP keepalive parameters
8.2.1 AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection
AT+CIPMUX Start Up Multi-IP Connection

Response
+CIPMUX: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CIPMUX=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPMUX: <n>
Read Command
AT+CIPMUX? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CIPMUX=<n>
<n> 0 Single IP connection
1 Multi IP connection
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  Only in IP initial state, AT+CIPMUX=1 is effective;
 Only when multi IP connection and GPRS application are both shut
down, AT+CIPMUX=0 is effective.
8.2.2 AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP or UDP Connection
AT+CIPSTART Start Up TCP or UDP Connection

Response
1) If AT+CIPMUX=0
Test Command
+CIPSTART: (list of supported <mode>),(<IP address>),(<port>)
AT+CIPSTART=?
+CIPSTART: (list of supported <mode>),(<domain name>),(<port>)

OK
2) If AT+CIPMUX=1
+CIPSTART: (list of supported <n>),(list of supported <mode>),(<IP
address>),(<port>)
+CIPSTART: (list of supported <n>),(list of supported <mode>),(<domain
name>),(<port>)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
1)If single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0)
If format is right response
OK
otherwise response
+CME ERROR <err>
Response when connection exists
Write Command ALREADY CONNECT
1)If single IP connection Response when connection is successful
(+CIPMUX=0) CONNECT OK
AT+CIPSTART=<mode Otherwise
>,<IP address>,<port>
STATE: <state>
Or
CONNECT FAIL
AT+CIPSTART=<mode 2)If multi-IP connection(+CIPMUX=1)
>,<domain If format is right
name>,<port>
OK,
otherwise response
2)If multi-IP connection
(+CIPMUX=1)
+CME ERROR <err>
AT+CIPSTART=<n>,< Response when connection exists
mode>,<address>,<po
rt> <n>,ALREADY CONNECT
If connection is successful
<n>,CONNECT OK
AT+CIPSTART=<n>,<
Otherwise
mode>,<domain
name>,<port> <n>,CONNECT FAIL
Parameters
<n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection
number
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type
"TCP" Establish a TCP connection
"UDP" Establish a UDP connection
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote server IP address
<port> Remote server port

<domain name> A string parameter which indicates remote server domain

name
<state> A string parameter which indicates the progress of connecting
0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 TCP CONNECTING/UDP CONNECTING/
SERVER LISTENING
6 CONNECT OK
7 TCP CLOSING/UDP CLOSING
8 TCP CLOSED/UDP CLOSED
9 PDP DEACT
In Multi-IP state:
0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 IP PROCESSING
9 PDP DEACT
When mode is multi-IP state, the max response time75 seconds.
Max Response Time When mode is single state, and the state is IP INITIAL, the max response
time is 160 seconds.
Note
 This command allows establishment of a TCP/UDP connection only
when the state is IP INITIAL or IP STATUS when it is in single state. In
multi-IP state, the state is in IP STATUS only. So it is necessary to
Reference
process "AT+CIPSHUT" before user establishes a TCP/UDP
connection with this command when the state is not IP INITIAL or IP
STATUS.
 When module is in multi-IP state, before this command is executed, it is
necessary to process "AT+CSTT, AT+CIICR, AT+CIFSR".
8.2.3 AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP or UDP Connection
AT+CIPSEND Send Data Through TCP or UDP Connection

Response
1) For single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0)
+CIPSEND: <length>
Test Command
AT+CIPSEND=?
OK
2) For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1)
+CIPSEND: (0-5),<length>

OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPSEND: <size>
OK
Read Command 2) For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1)
AT+CIPSEND? +CIPSEND: <n>,<size>
OK
Parameters
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<size> A numeric parameter which indicates the data length sent at a time
Response
This Command is used to send changeable length data
If single IP is connected (+CIPMUX=0)
If connection is not established or module is disconnected:
+CME ERROR <err>
If sending is successful:
When +CIPQSEND=0
Write Command SEND OK
1) If single IP When +CIPQSEND=1
connection DATA ACCEPT:<length>
(+CIPMUX=0) If sending fails:
AT+CIPSEND=<le SEND FAIL
ngth> If multi IP connection is established (+CIPMUX=1)
If connection is not established or module is disconnected:
2) If multi IP If error is related to ME functionality:
connection +CME ERROR <err>
(+CIPMUX=1) If sending is successful:
AT+CIPSEND=<n When +CIPQSEND=0
>[,<length>] <n>, SEND OK
When +CIPQSEND=1
DATA ACCEPT:<n>,<length>
If sending fails:
<n>, SEND FAIL
Parameters
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<length> A numeric parameter which indicates the length of sending data, it
must be less than <size>
Execution Response

Command This Command is used to send changeable length data.

AT+CIPSEND If single IP connection is established (+CIPMUX=0)
response">", then If connection is not established or module is disconnected:
type data for send, If error is related to ME functionality:
tap CTRL+Z to +CME ERROR <err>
send, tap ESC to If sending is successful:
cancel the When +CIPQSEND=0
operation SEND OK
When +CIPQSEND=1
DATA ACCEPT:<length>
If sending fails:
SEND FAIL
Note
This Command can only be used in single IP connection mode (+CIPMUX=0) and
to send data on the TCP or UDP connection that has been established already.
Ctrl-Z is used as a termination symbol. ESC is used to cancel sending data.
There are at most <size> bytes which can be sent at a time.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response When +CIPQSEND=0 and the remote server no response, after 645 seconds,
Time "CLOSE" will be reported.
Note
Reference  The data length which can be sent depends on network status.
 Set the time that send data automatically with the Command of AT+CIPATS.
 Only send data at the status of established connection.
8.2.4 AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode
AT+CIPQSEND Select Data Transmitting Mode

Response
+CIPQSEND: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CIPQSEND=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPQSEND: <n>
Read Command
AT+CIPQSEND? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CIPQSEND=<
Parameters
n>
<n> 0 Normal mode – when the server receives TCP data, it will responsd

SEND OK.
1 Quick send mode – when the data is sent to module, it will responsd
DATA ACCEPT:<n>,<length>, while not responding SEND OK.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.5 AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State
AT+CIPACK Query Previous Connection Data Transmitting State

AT+CIPACK=? OK
Response
+CIPACK: <txlen>,<acklen>,<nacklen>
Write Command
If in multi IP OK
connection Parameters
(+CIPMUX=1) <n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
AT+CIPACK=<n> <txlen> The data amount which has been sent
<acklen> The data amount confirmed successfully by the server
<nacklen> The data amount without confirmation by the server
Execution Response
Command +CIPACK: <txlen>,<acklen>,<nacklen>
If in single IP
connection OK
(+CIPMUX=0) Parameters
AT+CIPACK See Write Command
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection
AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection

AT+CIPCLOSE=? OK
Write Command Response:
1) If single IP 1) For single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0)
connection CLOSE OK
(+CIPMUX=0) 2) For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1)

AT+CIPCLOSE=< <id>,CLOSE OK
n>
2) If multi IP Parameters
connection <n> 0 Slow close
(+CIPMUX=1) 1 Quick close
AT+CIPCLOSE=<i <id> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
d>,[<n>]
Response
Execution If close is successfully:
Command CLOSE OK
AT+CIPCLOSE If close fails:
ERROR
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Note
AT+CIPCLOSE only closes connection at corresponding status of TCP/UDP
stack. To see the status use AT+CIPSTATUS command. Status should be:
Reference TCP CONNECTING, UDP CONNECTING, SERVER LISTENING or CONNECT
OK in single-connection mode (see <state> parameter);
CONNECTING or CONNECTED in multi-connection mode (see <client state>);
OPENING or LISTENING in multi-connection mode (see <server state>).
Otherwise it will return ERROR.
8.2.7 AT+CIPSHUT Deactivate GPRS PDP Context
AT+CIPSHUT Deactivate GPRS PDP Context

AT+CIPSHUT=? OK
Response
Execution If close is successful:
Command SHUT OK
AT+CIPSHUT If close fails:
ERROR
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
65 seconds
Time
Note
 If this command is executed in multi-connection mode, all of the IP
connection will be shut.
Reference
 User can close gprs pdp context by AT+CIPSHUT. After it is closed, the
status is IP INITIAL.
 If "+PDP: DEACT" urc is reported which means the gprs is released by the
network, then user still needs to execute "AT+CIPSHUT" command to make

PDP context come back to original state.
8.2.8 AT+CLPORT Set Local Port
AT+CLPORT Set Local Port

Response
+CLPORT: ("TCP","UDP"),(0-65535)
OK
Test Command
AT+CLPORT=?
+CLPORT: (0-5),("TCP","UDP"),(0-65535)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CLPORT: <TCP port>,<UDP port>
OK
+CLPORT: 0,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
Read Command +CLPORT: 1,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
AT+CLPORT? +CLPORT: 2,<TCP port>,<UDP port>
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
1) For single IP
or
connection
ERROR
(+CIPMUX=0)
Parameters
AT+CLPORT=<m
ode>,<port> <n> 0..5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection
number this used in multi IP connection
2) For multi IP
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type
connection
"TCP" TCP local port
(+CIPMUX=1)
"UDP" UDP local port
AT+CLPORT=<n>
<port> 0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port.
,<mode>,<port>
Default value is 0, a port can be dynamically allocated a port.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode

Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
This command will be effective when module is set as a Client.
8.2.9 AT+CSTT Start Task and Set APN, USER NAME, PASSWORD
AT+CSTT Start Task and Set APN, USER NAME, PASSWORD

Response
+CSTT: "APN","USER","PWD"
Test Command
AT+CSTT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CSTT: <apn>,<user name>,<password>
Read Command
AT+CSTT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CSTT=<apn>[ Parameters
,<user <apn> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS access point name.
name>[,<passwor The max length is 50 bytes.Defautl value is "CMNET".
d>]]
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS user name. The
max length is 50 bytes.
<password> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS password. The
max length is 50 bytes.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Response
Execution
OK
Command
or
AT+CSTT
ERROR
Note
Reference The write command and execution command of this command is valid only at the
state of IP INITIAL. After this command is executed, the state will be changed to
IP START.
8.2.10 AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection with GPRS or CSD
AT+CIICR Bring Up Wireless Connection with GPRS or CSD


AT+CIICR=? OK
Response
Execution
OK
Command
or
AT+CIICR
ERROR
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
85 seconds
Time
Note
 AT+CIICR only activates moving scene at the status of IP START, after
operating this Command is executed, the state will be changed to IP
Reference CONFIG.
 After module accepts the activated operation, if it is activated successfully,
module state will be changed to IP GPRSACT, and it responds OK,
otherwise it will respond ERROR.
8.2.11 AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address
AT+CIFSR Get Local IP Address

AT+CIFSR=? OK
Response
<IP address>
Execution or
Command ERROR
AT+CIFSR Parameter
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the IP address assigned from
GPRS or CSD.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Note
Only after PDP context is activated, local IP address can be obtained by
AT+CIFSR, otherwise it will respond ERROR. To see the status use
AT+CIPSTATUS command. Status should be:
Reference
IP GPRSACT, TCP CONNECTING, UDP CONNECTING, SERVER LISTENING,
IP STATUS, CONNECT OK, TCP CLOSING, UDP CLOSING, TCP CLOSED,
UDP CLOSED in single-connection mode (see <state> parameter);
IP STATUS, IP PROCESSING in multi-connection mode (see <state>
parameter).

8.2.12 AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status
AT+CIPSTATUS Query Current Connection Status

Test Command
Response
AT+CIPSTATUS=
OK
?
If multi IP +CIPSTATUS: <n>,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,<port>,<client state>
connection mode
(+CIPMUX=1) OK
AT+CIPSTATUS= Parameters
<n> See Execution Command
Response
1）If in single connection mode (+CIPMUX=0)
OK
STATE: <state>
2) If in multi-connection mode (+CIPMUX=1)
OK
STATE: <state>
If the module is set as server
S: 0,<bearer>,<port>,<server state>
C: <n>,<bearer>,<TCP/UDP>,<IP address>,<port>,<client state>
Parameters
<n> 0-5 A numeric parameter which indicates the connection
number
<bearer> 0-1 GPRS bearer, default is 0
Execution
<server state> OPENING
Command
LISTENING
AT+CIPSTATUS
CLOSING
<client state> INITIAL
CONNECTING
CONNECTED
REMOTE CLOSING
CLOSING
CLOSED
<state> A string parameter which indicates the progress of connecting
0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 TCP CONNECTING/UDP CONNECTING
/SERVER LISTENING
6 CONNECT OK

7 TCP CLOSING/UDP CLOSING

8 TCP CLOSED/UDP CLOSED
9 PDP DEACT
In Multi-IP state:
0 IP INITIAL
1 IP START
2 IP CONFIG
3 IP GPRSACT
4 IP STATUS
5 IP PROCESSING
9 PDP DEACT
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.13 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server
AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server

Response
+CDNSCFG: ("Primary DNS"),("Secondary DNS")
Test Command
AT+CDNSCFG=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
PrimaryDns: <pri_dns>
SecondaryDns: <sec_dns>
Read Command
AT+CDNSCFG?
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CDNSCFG=< Parameters
pri_dns>[,<sec_d
ns>] <pri_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the primary
domain name server. Default value is 0.0.0.0.
<sec_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the
secondary domain name server. Default value is 0.0.0.0.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response -

Time
Reference Note
8.2.14 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name
AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name

AT+CDNSGIP=? OK
Response
OK
or
ERROR
If successful, return:
+CDNSGIP: 1,<domain name>,<IP1>[,<IP2>]
If fail, return:
+CDNSGIP:0,<dns error code>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CDNSGIP=<d <domain name> A string parameter which indicates the domain name
omain name>
<IP1> A string parameter which indicates the first IP address
corresponding to the domain name
<IP2> A string parameter which indicates the second IP address
corresponding to the domain name
<dns error code> A numeric parameter which indicates the error code
8 DNS COMMON ERROR
3 NETWORK ERROR
There are some other error codes as well.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.15 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Head at the Beginning of a Package Received
AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Head at the Beginning of a Package Received

Response
+CIPHEAD: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPHEAD=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Read Command +CIPHEAD: <mode>
AT+CIPHEAD?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command <mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether an IP header is
AT+CIPHEAD=<m added to the received data or not.
ode> 0 Not add IP header
1 Add IP header, the format is:
+IPD,<data length>:
+RECEIVE,<n>,<data length>:
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.16 AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer
AT+CIPATS Set Auto Sending Timer

Response
+CIPATS: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <time>)
Test Command
AT+CIPATS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPATS: <mode>,<time>
Read Command
AT+CIPATS? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CIPATS=<mo Parameters
de>[,<time>] <mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether set timer when
module is sending data
0 Not set timer when module is sending data
1 Set timer when module is sending data

<time> 1..100 A numeric parameter which indicates the seconds after

which the data will be sent
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference
Note
8.2.17 AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data
AT+CIPSPRT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Module Sends Data

Response
+CIPSPRT: (list of supported <send prompt>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPSPRT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPSPRT: <send prompt>
Read Command
AT+CIPSPRT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command
<send prompt> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to echo prompt
AT+CIPSPRT=<s
‘>’ after module issues AT+CIPSEND command.
end prompt>
0 It shows "send ok" but does not prompt echo ‘>’ when sending is
successful.
1 It prompts echo ‘>’ and shows "send ok" when sending is successful.
2 It neither prompts echo ‘>’ nor shows "send ok" when sending is
successful.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.18 AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module as Server
AT+CIPSERVER Configure Module as Server


AT+CIPSERVER= +CIPSERVER: (0-CLOSE SERVER,1-OPEN SERVER),(1-65535)

?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPSERVER: <mode>[,<port>,<channel id>,<bearer>]
Read Command
AT+CIPSERVER? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CIPSERVER=
<mode> 0 Close server
<mode>[,<port>]
1 Open server
<port> 1..65535 Listening port
<channel id> Channel id
<bearer> GPRS bearer
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Note
Reference This command is allowed to establish a TCP server only when the state is IP
INITIAL or IP STATUS when it is in single state. In multi-IP state, the state is in IP
STATUS only.
8.2.19 AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD or GPRS for Connection Mode
AT+CIPCSGP Set CSD or GPRS for Connection Mode

Response
+CIPCSGP:0-CSD,DIALNUMBER,USER NAME,PASSWORD,RATE(0-3)
+CIPCSGP: 1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD
Test Command
AT+CIPCSGP=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPCSGP: <mode>,<apn>,<user name>,<password>[,<rate>]
Read Command
AT+CIPCSGP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
OK
ERROR
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates the wireless connection
mode
0 set CSD as wireless connection mode
Write Command 1 set GPRS as wireless connection mode
AT+CIPCSGP=<m GPRS parameters:
ode>[,(<apn>,<us <apn> A string parameter which indicates the access point name
er name>, <user name> A string parameter which indicates the user name
<password>),(<di
al number>,<user <password> A string parameter which indicates the password CSD
name>,<passwor parameters:
d>,<rate>)] <dial number> A string parameter which indicates the CSD dial numbers
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the CSD user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the CSD password
<rate> A numeric parameter which indicates the CSD connection rate
0 2400
1 4800
2 9600
3 14400
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.20 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port When Received Data
AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port When Received Data

Response
+CIPSRIP: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPSRIP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPSRIP: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIPSRIP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CIPSRIP=<m
or

ode> ERROR
Parameters
<mode> A numeric parameter which shows remote IP address and port.
0 Do not show the prompt
1 Show the prompt, the format is as follows:
RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>
+RECEIVE,<n>,<data length>,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference
8.2.21 AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether to Check State of GPRS Network Timing
AT+CIPDPDP Set Whether to Check State of GPRS Network Timing

Response
+CIPDPDP: (list of supported<mode>s, list of supported <interval>, list of
supported <timer>)
Test Command
AT+CIPDPDP=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPDPDP: <mode>,<interval>,<timer>
Read Command
AT+CIPDPDP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
AT+CIPDPDP=<m <mode>
ode>[,<interval>, 0 Not set detect PDP
<timer>] 1 Set detect PDP
<interval>
1<=interval<=180(s), default value is 10.
<timer>
1<=timer<=10, default value is 3.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode

Max Response
-
Time
Note
Reference If "+PDP: DEACT" urc is reported because of module not attaching to gprs for a
certain time or other reasons, user still needs to execute "AT+CIPSHUT"
command makes PDP context come back to original state.
8.2.22 AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode
AT+CIPMODE Select TCPIP Application Mode

Response
+CIPMODE: (0-NORMAL MODE,1-TRANSPARENT MODE)
Test Command
AT+CIPMODE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPMODE: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIPMODE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command OK
AT+CIPMODE=< ERROR
mode> Parameters
<mode> 0 Normal mode
1 Transparent mode
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.23 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode
AT+CIPCCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode

Response
+CIPCCFG:
(NmRetry:3-8),(WaitTm:1-10),(SendSz:1-1460),(esc:0,1),(Rxmode:0,1),(RxSiz
Test Command e:50-1460),(Rxtimer:20-1000)
AT+CIPCCFG=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+CIPCCFG? +CIPCCFG:
<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>,<Rxmode>,<RxSize>,<Rxtimer>
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Parameters
<NmRetry> Number of retries to be made for an IP packet.Default value is 5.
<WaitTm> Number of 100ms intervals to wait for serial input before sending
Write Command
the packet. Default value is 2.
AT+CIPCCFG=<N
<SendSz> Size in bytes of data block to be received from serial port before
mRetry>,<WaitTm
sending. Default value is 1024.
>,<SendSz>,<esc
<esc> Whether turn on the escape sequence, default is TRUE.
>[,<Rxmode>,<Rx
0 Turn off the escape sequence
Size>,<Rxtimer>]
1 Turn on the escape sequence
<Rxmode> Whether to set time interval during output data from serial port.
0 output data to serial port without interval
1 output data to serial port within <Rxtimer> interval.
<RxSize> Output data length for each time. Default value is 1460.
<Rxtimer> Time interval (ms) to wait for serial port to output data again.
Default value: 50ms
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
This command will be effective only in single connection mode (+CIPMUX=0)
8.2.24 AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol in IP Head When Received Data
AT+CIPSHOWTP Display Transfer Protocol in IP Head When Received Data

Response
+CIPSHOWTP: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPSHOWTP=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPSHOWTP: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIPSHOWTP?
OK
Parameters

See Write Command

Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CIPSHOWTP=<
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to display transfer
mode>
protocol in IP header to received data or not
0 Not display transfer protocol
1 Display transfer protocol, the format is "+IPD,
<data size>,<TCP/UDP>:<data>"
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response Time -
Note
 This command will be effective only in single connection mode
Reference (+CIPMUX=0).
 Only when +CIPHEAD is set to 1, the setting of this command will work.
8.2.25 AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode
AT+CIPUDPMODE UDP Extended Mode

Response
+CIPUDPMODE: (0-2),("(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)"),(1-65535)
Test Command OK
AT+CIPUDPMODE 2) For multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1)
=? +CIPUDPMODE: (0-5),(0-2),("(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)"),(1-65535)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPUDPMODE: <mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
OK
Read Command
AT+CIPUDPMODE
+CIPUDPMODE: 0,<mode>[,<IP address>,<Port>]
?

OK
Parameter
See Write Command
1) For single IP OK
connection or
(+CIPMUX=0) ERROR
AT+CIPUDPMODE
=<mode>[,<IP <n> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
address>,<Port>] 0-5
2) For multi IP <mode> 0 UDP Normal Mode
connection 1 UDP Extended Mode
(+CIPMUX=1) 2 Set UDP address to be sent
AT+CIPUDPMODE <IP address> A string parameter which indicates remote IP address
=<n>,<mode>[,<IP <port> Remote port
address>,<Port>]
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
8.2.26 AT+CIPRXGET Get Data from Network Manually
AT+CIPRXGET Get Data from Network Manually

Response
If single IP connection (+CIPMUX=0)
+CIPRXGET: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <reqlength>)
OK
Test Command If multi IP connection (+CIPMUX=1)
AT+CIPRXGET=? +CIPRXGET: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <id>s) (list of
supported <reqlength>)
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPRXGET: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIPRXGET? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
1) If single IP OK

connection(+CIPM or
UX=0) ERROR
AT+CIPRXGET=< 1)For single IP connection
mode>[,<reqlengt If “AT+CIPSRIP=1” is set, IP address and port are contained.
h>] if <mode>=1
+CIPRXGET: 1[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
2) If multi IP if <mode>=2
connection(+CIPM +CIPRXGET: 2,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
UX=1) 1234567890…
AT+CIPRXGET=< OK
mode>[,<id>,<req if <mode>=3
length>]
+CIPRXGET: 3,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
5151…
OK
if <mode>=4
+CIPRXGET: 4,<cnflength>
OK
2)For multi IP connection
If “AT+CIPSRIP=1” is set, IP address and port is contained.
if <mode>=1
+CIPRXGET: 1[,<id>,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
if <mode>=2
+CIPRXGET: 2,<id>,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
1234567890…
OK
if <mode>=3
+CIPRXGET: 3,<id>,<reqlength>,<cnflength>[,<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>]
5151…
OK
if <mode>=4
+CIPRXGET: 4,<id>,<cnflength>
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable getting data from network manually, the module is set to
normal mode, data will be pushed to TE directly.
1 Enable getting data from network manually.
2 The module can get data, but the length of output data can not
exceed 1460 bytes at a time.
3 Similar to mode 2, but in HEX mode, which means the module can
get 730 bytes maximum at a time.

4 Query how many data are not read with a given ID.
<id> A numeric parameter which indicates the connection number
<reqlength> Requested number of data bytes (1-1460 bytes)to be read
<cnflength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be read, which may be less than
<length>. 0 indicates that no data can be read.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
To enable this function, parameter <mode> must be set to 1 before connection.
8.2.27 AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context
AT+CIPSCONT Save TCPIP Application Context

Response
TA returns TCPIP Application Context, which consists of the following AT
Command parameters.
+CIPSCONT: <mode0>
+CIPCSGP: <mode>
Gprs Config APN: <apn>
Gprs Config UserId: <user name>
Gprs Config Password: <password>
+CIPHEAD: <mode>
+CIPSHOWTP: <mode>
+CIPSRIP: <mode>
+CIPATS: <mode>,<time>
+CIPSPRT: <send prompt>,<notshowsendok>
Read Command
+CIPQSEND: <n>
AT+CIPSCONT?
+CIPMODE: <mode>
+CIPCCFG:
<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>,<Rxmode>,<RxSize>,<Rxtimer>
+CIPMUX: <n>
+CIPDPDP: <mode>,<interval>,<timer>
+CIPRXGET: <mode>
+CIPRDTIMER: <rdsigtimer>,<rdmuxtimer>
OK
Parameters
<mode0> 0 Saved, the value from NVRAM
1 Unsaved, the value from RAM
For other parameters, see the related command.
Response
Execution
Module saves current TCPIP Application Contexts to NVRAM. When system is
Command
rebooted, the parameters will be loaded automatically.
AT+CIPSCONT
OK

Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Reference Note
8.2.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer
AT+CIPRDTIMER Set Remote Delay Timer

Response
+CIPRDTIMER: (100-4000),(100-7000)
Test Command
AT+CIPRDTIMER
OK
=?
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPRDTIMER: <rdsigtimer>,<rdmuxtimer>
Read Command
AT+CIPRDTIMER
OK
?
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+CIPRDTIMER +CME ERROR: <err>
=<rdsigtimer>,<rd Parameters
muxtimer> <rdsigtimer> Remote delay timer of single connection. Default value is
2000.
<rdmuxtimer> Remote delay timer of multi-connections. Default value is 3500.
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Note
Reference This command is used to shorten the disconnect time locally when the remote
server has been disconnected.
8.2.29 AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP context
AT+CIPSGTXT Select GPRS PDP context

Response
+CIPSGTXT: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CIPSGTXT=?
OK
Parameters

See Write Command

Response
OK
AT+CIPSGTXT=< +CME ERROR: <err>
mode> Parameters
<mode> 0 Select first PDP context
1 Select second PDP context
Parameter Saving
NO_SAVE
Mode
Max Response
-
Time
Note
Reference This command is used to select pdp context, only for multi IP connection
(+CIPMUX=1).
8.2.30 AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keepalive Parameters
AT+CIPTKA Set TCP Keepalive Parameters

Response
+CIPTKA: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keepIdle>s),(list of
supported <keepInterval>),(list of supported <keepCount>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPTKA=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPTKA: <mode>,<keepIdle>,<keepInterval>,<keepCount>
Read Command
AT+CIPTKA? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command <mode> Set TCP keepalive option.
AT+CIPTKA=<mo 0 Disable TCP keep alive mechanism
de>[,<keepIdle>[,
1 Enable TCP keep alive mechanism
<keepInterval>[,<
keepCount>]]] <keepIdle> Integer type; Idle time (in second) before TCP send the initial
keepalive probe.
30-7200 Default: 7200
<keepInterval> Interval time (in second) between keepalive probes
retransmission.
30-600 Default: 75

<keepCount> Integer type; Maximum number of keepalive

probes to be sent.
1-9 Default: 9
Reference Note

9 AT Commands for TCPIP

Application Toolkit
9.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+SAPBR Bearer settings for applications based on IP
9.2.1 AT+SAPBR Bearer Settings for Applications Based on IP
AT+SAPBR Bearer Settings for Applications Based on IP

Response
+SAPBR: (0-4),(1-3),"ConParamTag","ConParamValue"
Test Command
AT+SAPBR=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
If <cmd_type>=2
+SAPBR: <cid>,<Status>,<IP_Addr>
Write Command
AT+SAPBR=<cmd_typ OK
e>,<cid>[,<ConParamT If <cmd_type>=4
ag>,<ConParamValue> +SAPBR:
]
<ConParamTag>,<ConParamValue>
OK

+SAPBR <cid>: DEACT

Parameters
<cmd_type>
0 Close bearer
1 Open bearer
2 Query bearer
3 Set bearer parameters
4 Get bearer parameters
<cid> Bearer profile identifier
<Status>
0 Bearer is connecting
1 Bearer is connected
2 Bearer is closing
3 Bearer is closed
<ConParamTag> Bearer parameter
"CONTYPE" Type of Internet connection. Value refer to
<ConParamValue_ConType>
"APN" Access point name string: maximum 64
characters
"USER" User name string: maximum 32 characters
"PWD" Password string: maximum 32 characters
"PHONENUM" Phone number for CSD call
"RATE" CSD connection rate. For value refer to
<ConParamValue_Rate>
<ConParamValue> Bearer paramer value
<ConParamValue_ConType>
"CSD" Circuit-switched data call.
"GPRS" GPRS connection.
<ConParamValue_Rate>
0 2400
1 4800
2 9600
3 14400
<IP_Addr> The IP address of bearer
When <cmd_type> is 1, 85 seconds

Max Response Time
When <cmd_type> is 0, 65 seconds
Reference Note
This command is applied to activate some applications such as HTTP, FTP.

10 AT Commands for PING Support
10.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+CIPPING Ping request
AT+CIPCTL Set the mode when receiving an IP packet
AT+CIPFLT Set the rules of IP filter
AT+CIPBEIPING Set the module to be PING or not
10.2.1 AT+CIPPING PING Request
AT+CIPPING PING Request

Response
+CIPPING: (list of supported <retryNum>s),(list of supported
<dataLen>s),(list of supported <timeout>s),(list of supported <ttl>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPPING=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPPING: <retryNum>,<dataLen>,<timeout>,<ttl>
Read Command
AT+CIPPING? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPPING: <replyId>,<Ip
Write Command
Address>,<replyTime>,<ttl>[<CR><LF>+CIPPING: <replyId>,<Ip
AT+CIPPING=<IPaddr> Address>,<replyTime>,<ttl>
[,<retryNum>[,<dataLe
n>[,<timeout>[,<ttl>]]]] [...]]
OK

or
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<IPaddr> Address of the remote host,string type.This
parameter can be either:
- IP address in the format:”xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”
- Host name solved by a DNS query
<retryNum> The number of Ping Echo Requset to send
1-100 Default: 4
<dataLen> The length of Ping Echo Request data
0-1024 Default: 32
<timeout> The timeout,in units of 100 ms,waiting for a single
Echo Reply
1-600 Default: 100(10 seconds)
<ttl> Time to live
1-255 Default: 64
<replyId> Echo Reply number
<IP Address> IP Address of the remote host
<replyTime> Time,in units of 100 ms, required to receive the
response
Max Response Time -

Note
 Before sending PING Request the GPRS context must be activated.
 When the Echo Request timeout expires (no reply received on time),
Reference the response will contains <replyTime> setting to 600 and <ttl> setting
to 255.
 When executing this command, if PDP context is deactivated for some
reasons, such as out of service, etc., the “+PDP: DEACT” URC is
reported and the command will end immediately.
10.2.2 AT+CIPCTL Set the Mode When Receiving an IP Packet
AT+CIPCTL Set the Mode When Receiving an IP Packet

Response
+CIPCTL: (list of supported <mode>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPCTL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+CIPCTL? +CIPCTL: <mode>
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+CIPCTL=<mode>
<mode>
0 Disable to send Echo Reply
1 Enable to send Echo Reply to every IP address pinging it
2 Enable to send Echo Reply only to a subset of IP Addresses
pinging it. This subset of IP Addresses can be set by “AT+CIPFLT”
command.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
The value of <mode> is stored in non volatile memory.
10.2.3 AT+CIPFLT Set the Rules of IP Filter
AT+CIPFLT Set the Rules of IP Filter

Response
+CIPFLT: (list of supported <action>s),(list of supported <item>s)
Test Command
AT+CIPFLT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPFLT: <item>,<ipAddr>,<mask>
[<CR><LF>+CIPFLT: <item>,<ipAddr>,<mask>
Read Command […]]
AT+CIPFLT?
OK
Parameter
See Write Command

Response
OK
or
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Write Command <action>
AT+CIPFLT=<action>[, 0 Remove the rule specified by <item>. <item> must be given.
<item>][,<ipAddr>,<ma 1 Add the rule specified by <item>.If <item> is not given, it can find
sk>] an empty item automatically. <ipAddr> and <mask> must be given.
2 Delete all of rules
<item> The item of IP filter rule
1-20
<ipAddr> Remote IP address,string type. It can be any valid IP
address in the format of ”xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”
<mask> Mask to be applied to the <ipAddr>,string type.It can be any
valid IP address mask in the format of ”xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”
Max Response Time -
Note
 When a packet comes from the IP address <coming_IP>, All rules will
be scanned to match the following criterion:
Reference <coming_IP> & <mask>=<ipAddr> & <mask>
If the criterion is matched, the IP packet will be accepted and the rule
scan is finished. If the criterion is not matched, the IP packet will be
ignored.
 The rule is stored in non volatile memory.
10.2.4 AT+CIPBEIPING Set the Module to be PING or Not
AT+CIPBEIPING Set the Module to be PING or Not

Response
+CIPBEIPING: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CIPBEIPING=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CIPBEIPING: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CIPBEIPING? OK
Parameters

See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
or
AT+CIPBEIPING=<mo
+CME ERROR: <err>
de>
Parameters
<mode>
0 Disable the module to be PING
1 Enable the module to be PING
Max Response Time -
Note
 If the user want the module can be PING by other device, the user must
Reference
excute the AT+CIPBEIPING=1 before the module is PING.

11 AT Commands for HTTP

Application
SIM800 series has an embedded TCP/IP stack that is driven by AT commands and enables the host
application to easily access the Internet HTTP service. This chapter is a reference guide to all the AT
commands and responses defined to use with the TCP/IP stack in HTTP Service.
11.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP service
AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP service
AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP parameters value
AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP data
AT+HTTPACTION HTTP method action
AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP server response
AT+HTTPSCONT Save HTTP application context
AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP status
AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP header information of server response
AT+HTTPGETHEAD Show the HTTP header information in HTTPREAD
11.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP Service
AT+HTTPINIT Initialize HTTP Service

AT+HTTPINIT=? OK
Response
AT+HTTPINIT If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Max Response Time -

Reference Note
HTTPINIT should first be executed to initialize the HTTP service.
11.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP Service
AT+HTTPTERM Terminate HTTP Service

AT+HTTPTERM=? OK
Response
Execution command OK
AT+HTTPTERM If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
11.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters Value
AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters Value

Response
+HTTPPARA: "HTTPParamTag","HTTPParmValue"
Test Command
AT+HTTPPARA=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+HTTPPARA:
<HTTPParamTag>,<HTTPParamValue>
Read Command
AT+HTTPPARA? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

AT+HTTPPARA=<HTT OK
PParamTag>,<HTTPPa If error is related to ME functionality:

ramValue> +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<HTTPParamTag> HTTP Parameter
"CID" (Mandatory Parameter) Bearer profile identifier

"URL" (Mandatory Parameter) HTTP client URL
"http://'server'/'path':'tcpPort'"
"server": FQDN or IP-address
"path": path of file or directory
"tcpPort": default value is 80.
Refer to "IETF-RFC 2616".
"UA" The user agent string which is set by the
application to identify the mobile. Usually this
parameter is set as operation system and software
version information.
Default value is "SIMCom_MODULE".
"PROIP" The IP address of HTTP proxy server
"PROPORT" The port of HTTP proxy server
"REDIR" This flag controls the redirection mechanism of the
SIM800 when it is acting as HTTP client (numeric).
If the server sends a redirect code (range 30x), the
client will automatically send a new HTTP request
when the flag is set to (1).
Default value is 0 (no redirection).
"BREAK" Parameter for HTTP method "GET", used for
resuming broken transfer.
"BREAKEND" Parameter for HTTP method "GET", used for
resuming broken transfer. which is used together
with "BREAK",
If the value of "BREAKEND" is bigger than
"BREAK", the transfer scope is from "BREAK" to
"BREAKEND".
If the value of "BREAKEND" is smaller than
"BREAK", the transfer scope is from "BREAK" to
the end of the file.
"TIMEOUT" If both "BREAKEND" and "BREAK" are 0, the
resume broken transfer function is disabled.
HTTP session timeout value, scope: 30-1000
second.
Default value is 120 seconds.
HTTP Parameter value. Type and supported
content depend on related <HTTPParamTag>.
"CONTENT" Used to set the “Content-Type” field in HTTP
header.
"USERDATA" User data

<HTTPParamValue> HTTP Parameter value.Type and supported

content depend on related <HTTPParamTag>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
Not all the HTTP Server supports "BREAK" and "BREAKEND" parameters
11.2.4 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data
AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data

Response
+HTTPDATA: (list of supported <size>s),(list of supported <time>s)
Test Command
AT+HTTPDATA=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
DOWNLOAD
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+HTTPDATA=<size>
Parameters
,<time>
<size> Size in bytes of the data to POST.
1-319488 (bytes)
0 means delete all the content.
<time> 1000-120000 (millisecond) Maximum time in milliseconds to
input data.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
It is strongly recommended to set enough time to input all data with the
length of <size>.
11.2.5 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action
AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action

Response
+HTTPACTION: (0-3)
Test Command
AT+HTTPACTION=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

+HTTPACTION: <Method>,<StatusCode>,<DataLen>
Parameters
<Method> HTTP method specification:
0 GET
1 POST
2 HEAD
3 DELETE
<StatusCode> HTTP Status Code responded by remote server, it
identifier refer to HTTP1.1(RFC2616)
100 Continue
101 Switching Protocols
200 OK
Write Command 201 Created
AT+HTTPACTION=<Me 202 Accepted
thod> 203 Non-Authoritative Information
204 No Content
205 Reset Content
206 Partial Content
300 Multiple Choices
301 Moved Permanently
302 Found
303 See Other
304 Not Modified
305 Use Proxy
307 Temporary Redirect
400 Bad Request
401 Unauthorized
402 Payment Required
403 Forbidden
404 Not Found
405 Method Not Allowed
406 Not Acceptable
407 Proxy Authentication Required

408 Request Time-out

409 Conflict
410 Gone
411 Length Required
412 Precondition Failed
413 Request Entity Too Large
414 Request-URI Too Large
415 Unsupported Media Type
416 Requested range not satisfiable
417 Expectation Failed
500 Internal Server Error
501 Not Implemented
502 Bad Gateway
503 Service Unavailable
504 Gateway Time-out
505 HTTP Version not supported
600 Not HTTP PDU
601 Network Error
602 No memory
603 DNS Error
604 Stack Busy
<DataLen> The length of data got
About 5 seconds in test, dependence on network status and the size of

Max Response Time
request website
Reference Note
11.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP Server Response
AT+HTTPREAD Read the HTTP Server Response

Response
+HTTPREAD: (list of supported <start_address>s),(list of supported
<byte_size>s)
Test Command
AT+HTTPREAD=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Read data when AT+HTTPACTION=0 or AT+HTTPDATA is executed.
Write Command
AT+HTTPREAD=<start If<byte_size> is bigger than the data size received, module will only return
_address>,<byte_size> actual data size.
Response

+HTTPREAD: <date_len>
<data>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<data> Data from HTTP server or user input.
<start_address> The starting point for data output.
0-319488 (bytes)
<byte_size> The length for data output.
1-319488 (bytes)
<data_len> The actual length for data output.
Read all data when AT+HTTPACTION=0 or AT+HTTPDATA is executed.
Response
+HTTPREAD: <date_len>
Execution Command <data>
AT+HTTPREAD
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
11.2.7 AT+HTTPSCONT Save HTTP Application Context
AT+HTTPSCONT Save HTTP Application Context

Response
TA returns HTTP Application Context, which consists of the following AT
Command parameters.
+HTTPSCONT: <mode>
CID: <value>
URL: <value>
Read Command
UA: <value>
AT+HTTPSCONT?
PROIP: <value>
PROPORT: <value>
REDIR: <value>
BREAK: <value>
BREAKEND: <value>
USERDATA: <value>

OK
Parameters
<mode>
0 Saved, the value from NVRAM
Response
TA saves HTTP Application Context which consists of following AT
Command parameters, and when system is rebooted, the parameters will
Execution Command
be loaded automatically.
AT+HTTPSCONT
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
This command can only be used after run AT+HTTPINIT.
11.2.8 AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP Status
AT+HTTPSTATUS Read HTTP Status

AT+HTTPSTATUS=? OK
Response
+HTTPSTATUS: <mode>,<status>,<finish>,<remain>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters:
Read Command <mode> HTTP method specification
0 GET
AT+HTTPSTATUS?
1 POST
2 HEAD
<status>
0 Idle
1 Receiving
2 Sending
<finish> The amount of data which have been transmitted
<remain> The amount of data remaining to be sent or received

Max Response Time -
11.2.9 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response
AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response

AT+HTTPHEAD=? OK
Response
+HTTPHEAD: <date_len>
<data>
AT+HTTPHEAD If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<data_len> The actual length for http header data output
<data> Data from HTTP server
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
Read header data when AT+HTTPACTION=0 executed.
11.2.10 AT+HTTPGETHEAD Show the HTTP Header Information in HTTPREAD
AT+HTTPGETHEAD Show the HTTP Header Information in HTTPREAD

Response
Test Command +HTTPGETHEAD: (range of supported <option>s)
AT+HTTPGETHEAD=?
OK
Response
+HTTPGETHEAD: <option>
Read Command
AT+HTTPGETHEAD? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK

AT+HTTPGETHEAD=< If error is related to ME functionality:

option> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<option>
0 Can’t show HTTP header information
1 Show HTTP header information
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
HTTPINIT should first be executed to initialize the HTTP service.

12 AT Commands for FTP Application
SIM800 series has an embedded TCP/IP stack that is driven by AT commands and enables the host
application to easily access the Internet FTP service. This chapter is a reference guide to all the AT
commands and responses defined for using with the TCP/IP stack in FTP Service.
12.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+FTPPORT Set FTP control port
AT+FTPMODE Set active or passive FTP mode
AT+FTPTYPE Set the type of data to be transferred
AT+FTPPUTOPT Set FTP put type
AT+FTPCID Set FTP bearer profile identifier
AT+FTPREST Set resume broken download
AT+FTPSERV Set FTP server address
AT+FTPUN Set FTP user name
AT+FTPPW Set FTP password
AT+FTPGETNAME Set download file name
AT+FTPGETPATH Set download file path
AT+FTPPUTNAME Set upload file name
AT+FTPPUTPATH Set upload file path
AT+FTPGET Download file
AT+FTPPUT Set upload file
AT+FTPSCONT Save FTP application context
AT+FTPDELE Delete specified file in FTP server
AT+FTPSIZE Get the size of specified file in FTP server
AT+FTPSTATE Get the FTP state
AT+FTPEXTPUT Extend upload file
AT+FTPMKD Make directory on the remote machine
AT+FTPRMD Remove directory on the remote machine
AT+FTPLIST List contents of directory on the remote machine
AT+FTPGETTOFS Download file and save in file system
AT+FTPPUTFRMFS Upload file from file system
AT+FTPEXTGET Extend download file
AT+FTPFILEPUT Load file in RAM from file system then upload with FTPPUT
AT+FTPQUIT Quit current FTP session

12.2.1 AT+FTPPORT Set FTP Control Port
AT+FTPPORT Set FTP Control Port

AT+FTPPORT=? OK
Response
+FTPPORT: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPPORT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+FTPPORT=<value>
Parameters
<value> The value of FTP Control port .Default value is 21
1-65535
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
Numbers above 65535 are illegal as the port identification fields are 16 bits
long in the TCP header.
12.2.2 AT+FTPMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode
AT+FTPMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode

AT+FTPMODE=? OK
Response
+FTPMODE: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPMODE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK

AT+FTPMODE=<value If error is related to ME functionality:

> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<value>
0 Active FTP mode
1 Passive FTP mode
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.3 AT+FTPTYPE Set the Type of Data to Be Transferred
AT+FTPTYPE Set the Type of Data to Be Transferred

AT+FTPTYPE=? OK
Response
+FTPTYPE: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPTYPE? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPTYPE=<value> Parameters
<value>
"A" For FTP ASCII sessions
"I" For FTP Binary sessions
Max Response Time -
Note
When this value is set to A, all the data sent by the stack to the FTP server
Reference
is made of 7 bits characters (NVT-ASCII: the MSB is set to 0). As a
consequence binary data containing 8 bits characters will be corrupted
during the transfer if the FTPTYPE is set to A.
12.2.4 AT+FTPPUTOPT Set FTP Put Type
AT+FTPPUTOPT Set FTP Put Type


AT+FTPPUTOPT=? OK
Response
+FTPPUTOPT: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPPUTOPT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPPUTOPT=<val Parameters
ue> <value>
"APPE" For appending file
"STOU" For storing unique file
"STOR" For storing file
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
12.2.5 AT+FTPCID Set FTP Bearer Profile Identifier
AT+FTPCID Set FTP Bearer Profile Identifier

Response
Test Command OK
AT+FTPCID=? Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+FTPCID: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPCID? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPCID=<value> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<value> Bearer profile identifier refer to AT+SAPBR

Max Response Time -
Reference Note
12.2.6 AT+FTPREST Set Resume Broken Download
AT+FTPREST Set Resume Broken Download

AT+FTPREST=? OK
Response
+FTPREST: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPREST? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPREST=<value> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<value> Broken point to be resumed
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.7 AT+FTPSERV Set FTP Server Address
AT+FTPSERV Set FTP Server Address

AT+FTPSERV=? OK
Response
Read Command
+FTPSERV: <value>
AT+FTPSERV?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+FTPSERV=<value>
Parameters
<value> 32-bit number in dotted-decimal notation (i.e. xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) or
alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 49 characters if DNS is available
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.8 AT+FTPUN Set FTP User Name
AT+FTPUN Set FTP User Name

Response
Test Command OK
AT+FTPUN=? Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+FTPUN: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPUN? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+FTPUN=<value>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<value> Alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 49 characters.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

12.2.9 AT+FTPPW Set FTP Password
AT+FTPPW Set FTP Password

Response
Test Command OK
AT+FTPPW=? Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+FTPPW: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPPW? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPPW=<value> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter
<value> Alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 49 characters.
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.10 AT+FTPGETNAME Set Download File Name
AT+FTPGETNAME Set Download File Name

AT+FTPGETNAME=? OK
Response
+FTPGETNAME: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPGETNAME? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
OK
Write Command
AT+FTPGETNAME=<v +CME ERROR: <err>
alue>
Parameters
<value> Alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 99 characters
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.11 AT+FTPGETPATH Set Download File Path
AT+FTPGETPATH Set Download File Path

AT+FTPGETPATH=? OK
Response
+FTPGETPATH: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPGETPATH? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+FTPGETPATH=<va +CME ERROR: <err>
lue>
Parameters
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
12.2.12 AT+FTPPUTNAME Set Upload File Name
AT+FTPPUTNAME Set Upload File Name


AT+FTPPUTNAME=? OK
Response
+FTPPUTNAME: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPPUTNAME? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
AT+FTPPUTNAME=<v +CME ERROR: <err>
alue>
Parameters

Max Response Time -
Reference Note
12.2.13 AT+FTPPUTPATH Set Upload File Path
AT+FTPPUTPATH Set Upload File Path

AT+FTPPUTPATH=? OK
Response
+FTPPUTPATH: <value>
Read Command
AT+FTPPUTPATH? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+FTPPUTPATH=<va +CME ERROR: <err>
lue>
Parameters
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
12.2.14 AT+FTPGET Download File
AT+FTPGET Download File

AT+FTPGET=? OK
Response
If mode is 1 and it is a successful FTP get session:
OK
+FTPGET: 1,1
If data transfer finished:

+FTPGET: 1,0
If mode is 1 and it is a failed FTP get session:

OK
+FTPGET: 1,<error>
If mode is 2:
+FTPGET: 2,<cnflength>
012345678…
OK
AT+FTPGET=<mode>[, +CME ERROR: <err>
<reqlength>] Parameters
<mode> 1 For opening FTP get session
2 For reading FTP download data.
<reqlength> Requested number of data bytes (1-1460)to be read
<cnflength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be read, which may be less
than <length>. 0 indicates that no data can be read.
<error> 61 Net error
62 DNS error
63 Connect error
64 Timeout
65 Server error
66 Operation not allow
70 Replay error
71 User error
72 Password error
73 Type error
74 Rest error

75 Passive error
76 Active error
77 Operate error
78 Upload error
79 Download error
86 Manual quit
Max Response Time 75 seconds(In case no response is received from server)

Note
Reference  When "+FTPGET: 1,1" is shown, then use
"AT+FTPGET=2,<reqlength>" to read data. If the module still has
unread data, "+FTPGET: 1,1" will be shown again in a certain time.
12.2.15 AT+FTPPUT Set Upload File
AT+FTPPUT Set Upload File

AT+FTPPUT=? OK
Response
OK
+FTPPUT: 1,1,<maxlength>

OK
+FTPPUT: 1,<error>
If mode is 2 and <reqlength> is not 0

Write Command +FTPPUT: 2,<cnflength>
AT+FTPPUT=<mode>[, …… //Input data
<reqlength>] OK
If mode is 2 and <reqlength> is 0, it will respond OK, and FTP session will
be closed
OK
If data transfer finished.

+FTPPUT: 1,0

+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
<mode>
1 For opening FTP put session
2 For writing FTP upload data.
<reqlength> Requested number of data bytes(0-<maxlength>) to be
transmitted
<cnflength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be transmitted
<maxlength> The max length of data can be sent at a time. It depends on
the network status.
<error> See "AT+FTPGET"
Note
Reference
 When "+FTPPUT: 1,1,<maxlength>" is shown, then use
"AT+FTPPUT=2,<reqlength>" to write data.
12.2.16 AT+FTPSCONT Save FTP Application Context
AT+FTPSCONT Save FTP Application Context

Response
TA returns FTP Application Context, which consists of the following AT
Command parameters.
+FTPSCONT: <mode>
+FTPSERV: <value>
+FTPPORT: <value>
+FTPUN: <value>
+FTPPW: <value>
+FTPCID: <value>
+FTPMODE: <value>
+FTPTYPE: <value>
Read Command +FTPPUTOPT: <value>
AT+FTPSCONT? +FTPREST: <value>
+FTPGETNAME: <value>
+FTPGETPATH: <value>
+FTPPUTNAME: <value>
+FTPPUTPATH: <value>
+FTPTIMEOUT: <value>
OK
Parameters
<mode>
0 Saved, the value from NVRAM

Response
TA saves FTP Application Context which consists of following AT Command
Execution Command
parameters, and when system is rebooted, the parameters will be loaded
AT+FTPSCONT
automatically.
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
12.2.17 AT+FTPDELE Delete Specified File in FTP Server
AT+FTPDELE Delete Specified File in FTP Server

AT+FTPDELE=? OK
Response
If successed:
OK
+FTPDELE: 1,0
If failed:
Execution Command
OK
AT+FTPDELE
+FTPDELE: 1,<error>

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Note
Reference
The file to be deleted is specified by the "AT+FTPGETNAME" and
"AT+FTPGETPATH" commands.
12.2.18 AT+FTPSIZE Get the Size of Specified File in FTP Server
AT+FTPSIZE Get the Size of Specified File in FTP Server

AT+FTPSIZE=? OK

Response
If successed:
OK
+FTPSIZE: 1,0,<size>
If failed:
AT+FTPSIZE +FTPSIZE: 1,<error>

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<size> The file size. Unit: byte
Note
Reference
The file is specified by the "AT+FTPGETNAME" and "AT+FTPGETPATH"
commands.
12.2.19 AT+FTPSTATE Get the FTP State
AT+FTPSTATE Get the FTP State

AT+FTPSTATE=? OK
Response
+FTPSTATE: <state>
OK
Execution Command If error is related to ME functionality:

AT+FTPSTATE +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<state>
0 Idle
1 In the FTP session, including FTPGET, FTPPUT, FTPDELE and
FTPSIZE operation.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

12.2.20 AT+FTPEXTPUT Extend Upload File
AT+FTPEXTPUT Extend Upload File

AT+FTPEXTPUT=? OK
Response
If mode is 0 or 1
OK
If mode is 2
+FTPEXTPUT: <pos>,<len>
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+FTPEXTPUT=<mo Parameters
de>[,<pos>,<len>,<tim
eout>] <mode>
0 use default FTPPUT method
1 use extend FTPPUT method
2 download data which need to PUT to RAM
<pos> data offset address 0-300k
<len> data length 0-300k
<timeout> timeout value of serial port 1000ms-1000000ms
Note
When extend FTPPUT mode is activated, input data then execute
Reference
"AT+FTPPUT=1" to transmit, after session is complete, if successful, it
returns "+FTPPUT: 1,0", otherwise it returns "+FTPPUT: 1,<error>", <error>
see "AT+FTPGET".
12.2.21 AT+FTPMKD Make Directory on the Remote Machine
AT+FTPMKD Make Directory on the Remote Machine

AT+FTPMKD=? OK
Response
If success:
OK
Execution Command +FTPMKD: 1,0
AT+FTPMKD
If failed:
OK
+FTPMKD: 1,<error>


+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters

Reference Note
The created folder is specified by the "AT+FTPGETPATH" command.
12.2.22 AT+FTPRMD Remove Directory on the Remote Machine
AT+FTPRMD Remove Directory on the Remote Machine

AT+FTPRMD=? OK
Response
If success:
OK
+FTPRMD: 1,0
If failed:
Execution Command
OK
AT+FTPRMD +FTPRMD: 1,<error>

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters

Reference Note
The removed folder is specified by the "AT+FTPGETPATH" command.
12.2.23 AT+FTPLIST List Contents of Directory on the Remote Machine
AT+FTPLIST List Contents of Directory on the Remote Machine

AT+FTPLIST=? OK

Response
OK
+FTPLIST: 1,1
If data transfer is finished:

+FTPLIST: 1,0

OK
+FTPLIST: 1,<error>
Write Command If mode is 2:

AT+FTPLIST=<mode>[ +FTPLIST: 2,<cnflength>
,<reqlength>] 012345678…
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode>
1 For opening FTP get file list session
2 For reading FTP file list
<reqlength> Requested number of data bytes (1-1460) to be read
<cnflength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be read, which may be
less than <reqlength>. 0 indicates that no data can be read.
Note
Reference  When "+FTPLIST: 1,1" is shown, "AT+FTPLIST=2,<reqlength>" can be
used to read data. If the module still has unread data, "+FTPLIST: 1,1"
will be shown again in a certain time.
12.2.24 AT+FTPGETTOFS Download File and Save in File System
AT+FTPGETTOFS Download File and Save in File System

AT+FTPGETTOFS=? OK
Response
Read Command +FTPGETTOFS: <status>[,<receivedLength>,<writeLength>]
AT+FTPGETTOFS?
OK

Parameters
<status> The process status of downloading and saving File to File System
through FTP
0 Not in the process
1 During the process
<receivedLength> The data length received from FTP
<writeLength> The data length saved in File System
Response
If it is a successful FTP get session:
OK

+FTPGETTOFS: 0,<totalLength>
If it is a failed FTP get session:

OK
+FTPGETTOFS: <error>

AT+FTPGETTOFS=<lo +CME ERROR: <err>
c>,<filename>[,<num>, Parameters
<time>] <loc> file saved in ROM or SD card.
0 Saved in ROM, file will be saved in "Disk1:\user\ftp"
1 Saved in SD card, file will be saved in "Disk2:\ftp"
Note: The local drive "Disk1" or SD drive "Disk2" can be got by AT+FSDRIVE.
<filename> File name. Alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 64 characters
<num> Number of automatic reconnect times, from 0 to 255.Default value
is 3.
<time> Wait time before module start automatic reconnect, from 0 to 60
seconds.Default value is 5 seconds.
<totalLength> The total length of data bytes have been saved
<error> 85 An error related with file system.
Other errors please see FTPGET.
Note
Reference  Automatic reconnection will start at break point.
 File will be overwritten if you start this function twice with a same file
name.
12.2.25 AT+FTPPUTFRMFS Upload File from File System.
AT+FTPPUTFRMFS Upload File from File System


AT+FTPPUTFRMFS=? OK
Response
+FTPPUTFRMFS: <status>[,<putLength>]
OK
Read Command Parameters
AT+FTPPUTFRMFS? <status> The process status of uploading File from File System through
FTP
0 Not in the process
1 During the process
<putLength> The data length uploaded from File System
Response
If it is a successful FTP put session:
OK

+FTPPUTFRMFS: 0,<totalLength>
If it is a failed FTP put session:

OK
Write Command +FTPPUTFRMFS: <error>
AT+FTPPUTFRMFS=<f
ilepath>[,<num>,<time If error is related to ME functionality:
>] +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<filepath> File path. Alphanumeric ASCII text string up to 128 characters
<num> Number of automatic reconnect times, from 0 to 255. Default
value is 3.
<time> Wait time before module start automatic reconnect, from 0 to 60
seconds. Default value is 5 seconds.
<totalLength> The data length uploaded from File System
Other errors pls see FTPGET.
Reference Note
Automatic reconnect will start at break point.
12.2.26 AT+FTPEXTGET Extend Download File
AT+FTPEXTGET Extend Download File

AT+FTPEXTGET=? OK

Response
+FTPEXTGET: <status>[,<receivedLength>]
OK
Read Command
Parameters
AT+FTPEXTGET?
<status> Whether run FTPEXTGET or not
0 Not run FTPEXTGET
1 Run FTPEXTGET
<receivedLength> Length module has received from FTP server
Response
If mode is 0
OK
If it is a successful FTP get session in mode 1:

OK
If data transfer finished in mode 1

+FTPEXTGET: 1,0
If it is a failed FTP get session in mode 1:

OK
Write Command
+FTPEXTGET: 1,<error>
1)if mode is 0 or 1
AT+FTPEXTGET=<mo If mode is 2:
de>
+FTPEXTGET: 2,<totalLength>
2)if mode is 2
OK
AT+FTPEXTGET=<mo
de>,<filename>
If mode is 3:
+FTPEXTGET: 3,<outputLength>
3)if mode is 3
AT+FTPEXTGET=<mo If error is related to ME functionality:
de>,<readPosition>,<r
eadLength> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode>
0 Use default FTPGET method
1 Start extend FTPGET method
2 Save download data to filesystem
3 Output download data
<filename> File name to write data in mode 2. Alphanumeric ASCII text
string up to 64 characters.
<readPosition> Position start read data in mode 3.
<readLength> Read length in mode 3
<totalLength> The total length of data bytes have been download
<outputLength> Total length will be output from serial port



Note
 Can not use this function when set FTPEXTPUT mode 1.
Reference  If file size (<receivedLength>) <300Kbytes, customer can use this
command.
If file size (<receivedLength>) >=300Kbytes, please use default
FTPGET method (AT+FTPEXTGET=0).
12.2.27 AT+FTPFILEPUT Load File in RAM from File System then Upolad with FTPPUT
AT+FTPFILEPUT Load File in RAM from File System then Upload with FTPPUT
AT+FTPFILEPUT=? OK
Response
If success:
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Parameters
AT+FTPFILEPUT=<mo
<mode>
de>[,filename]
0 Not use FTPFILEPUT method
1 Use FTPFILEPUT method
<filename> File name to write data in mode 1. Alphanumeric ASCII text
string up to 64 characters.
Reference Note
This function can not be used when FTPEXTPUT mode has been set as 1.
12.2.28 AT+FTPQUIT Quit Current FTP Session
AT+FTPQUIT Quit Current FTP Session

AT+FTPQUIT=? OK

Response
If success:
AT+FTPQUIT
+CME ERROR: <err>
Max Response Time -

Reference Note

13 AT Commands for Email

Application
1. SIM800 series supports to send an Email with an attachment via SMTP protocol. It also supports
carbon copy (abbreviated Cc:) recipient and blind carbon copy (abbreviated Bcc:) recipient.
2. SIM800 series supports to retrieve and delete the Email via POP3 protocol, the Email may be with
attachments.
3. SIM800 series supports all of POP3 commands but APOP. By these POP3 commands, you can
get the specific Email’s size and unique-id.
4. SIM800 series does not support that SMTP and POP3 operations are executed at the same time.
13.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+EMAILCID Set Email bearer profile identifier
AT+EMAILTO Set timeout value of SMTP/POP3 server response
AT+SMTPSRV Set SMTP server address and port
AT+SMTPAUTH Set user name and password for SMTP authentication
AT+SMTPFROM Set sender address and name
AT+SMTPRCPT Set the Email recipient(to/cc/bcc) address and name
AT+SMTPSUB Set the Email subject
AT+SMTPBODY Set the Email body
AT+SMTPFILE Set the Email attachment
AT+SMTPSEND Send the Email
AT+SMTPFT Transfer the Email attachment
AT+SMTPCS Set the Email charset
AT+POP3SRV Set POP3 server and account
AT+POP3IN Log in POP3 server
AT+POP3NUM Get Email number and total size
AT+POP3LIST Get the specific Email size
AT+POP3UIDL Get the specific Email unique-id
AT+POP3CMD Get multi-line response
AT+POP3READ Read multi-line response
AT+POP3DEL Mark the specific Email to delete
AT+POP3RSET Unmark the emails that be marked as deleted
AT+POP3OUT Log out POP3 server

13.2.1 AT+EMAILCID Set Email Bearer Profile Identifier
AT+EMAILCID Set Email Bearer Profile Identifier

Response
+EMAILCID: (range of supported <cid>s)
Test Command
AT+EMAILCID=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+EMAILCID: <cid>
Read Command
AT+EMAILCID? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+EMAILCID=<cid>
ERROR
Parameters
<cid> bearer profile identifier refer to AT+SAPBR
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.2 AT+EMAILTO Set Timeout Value of SMTP/POP3 Server Response
AT+EMAILTO Set Timeout Value of SMTP/POP3 Server Response

Response
+EMAILTO: (range of supported <timeout>s)
Test Command
AT+EMAILTO=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
+EMAILTO: <timeout>

AT+EMAILTO?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
ERROR
AT+EMAILTO=<timeou
t> Parameters
<timeout> The timeout value of SMTP/POP3 server response, in 1
second unit.
10-120 Default: 30(seconds)
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.3 AT+SMTPSRV Set SMTP Server Address and Port
AT+SMTPSRV Set SMTP Server Address and Port

Response
+SMTPSRV: <smtpServerLength>,(range of supported <smtpPort>s)
Test Command
AT+SMTPSRV=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPSRV: <smtpServer>,<smtpPort>
Read Command
AT+SMTPSRV? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
ERROR
AT+SMTPSRV=
<smtpServer>[,<smtpP Parameters
ort>] <smtpServer> SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can
be either:
- IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- Host name to be solved with a DNS query

<smtpPort> The SMTP port

1-65535 Default: 25
<smtpServerLength> The max length of <smtpServer>
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.4 AT+SMTPAUTH Set User Name and Password for SMTP Authentication
AT+SMTPAUTH Set User Name and Password for SMTP Authentication

Response
+SMTPAUTH: (range of
supported<authType>s),<userNameLength>,<passwordLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPAUTH=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPAUTH: <authType>,<userName>,<password>
Read Command
AT+SMTPAUTH? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command
<authType> The type of SMTP authentication
AT+SMTPAUTH=<auth
Type>[,<userName>,< 0 SMTP server does not request authentication.
password>] <userName> and <password> must not be given.
1 SMTP server requests authentication
<userName> The user name for SMTP authentication.
<userNameLength> The max length of <userName>.
<password> The password for SMTP authentication.
<passwordLength> The max length of <password>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

13.2.5 AT+SMTPFROM Set Sender Address and Name
AT+SMTPFROM Set Sender Address and Name

Response
+SMTPFROM: <senderAddressLength>,<senderNameLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPFROM=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPFROM: <senderAddress>,<senderName>
Read Command
AT+SMTPFROM? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
ERROR
AT+SMTPFROM=<sen
derAddress>[,<sender Parameters
Name>] <senderAddress> The Email sender address,string type.
<senderAddressLength> The max length of <senderAddress>
<senderName> The Email sender name,string type.
<senderNameLength> The max length of <senderName>
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.6 AT+SMTPRCPT Set the Email Recipient(TO/CC/BCC) Address and Name
AT+SMTPRCPT Set the Email Recipient(TO/CC/BCC) Address and Name

Response
+SMTPRCPT: (range of supported <rcptType>s),(range of supported
<index>s),<rcptAddressLength>,<rcptNameLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPRCPT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command
[+SMTPRCPT:
AT+SMTPRCPT?
<rcptType>,<index>,<rcptAddress>,<rcptName>[<CR><LF>+SMTPRC

PT: <rcptType>,<index>,<rcptAddress>,<rcptName>[…]]]
OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
Parameters
Write Command <rcptType> The type of recipient, the types of TO and CC are used to
AT+SMTPRCPT=<rcpt construct e-mail header in the field: "To:" or "Cc:".
Type>[,<index>[,<rcpt 0 TO, Normal Recipient.
Address>[,<rcptName
1 CC, Carbon Copy recipient.
>]]]
2 BCC, Blind Carbon Copy recipient.
<index> Index of the type of recipient, decimal format
<rcptAddress> The Email recipient address.
<rcptName> The Email recipient name.
<rcptAddressLength> The max length of <rcptAddress>.
<rcptNameLength> The max length of <rcptName>.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  If only <rcptType> is given, it will delete all items of <rcptType>.
 If only <rcptType> and <index> are given, it will delete the <index> item
of <rcptType>.
13.2.7 AT+SMTPSUB Set the Email Subject
AT+SMTPSUB Set the Email Subject

Response
+SMTPSUB: <subjectLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPSUB=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPSUB: <subject>
Read Command
AT+SMTPSUB? OK
Parameter
See Write Command

Response
OK
Write Command
ERROR
AT+SMTPSUB=<subje
ct> Parameters
<subject> The Email subject, string type. It will be present in the header
of the Email sent by SMTP client in the field: "Subject:"
<subjectLength> The max length of <subject>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
If the Email charset is not ASCII,<subject> must be in hexadecimal format.
13.2.8 AT+SMTPBODY Set the Email Body
AT+SMTPBODY Set the Email Body

Response
+SMTPBODY: <bodyLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPBODY=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
DOWNLOAD
AT+SMTPBODY=<leng
th>
OK
,then type data as Email
body. When body’s
ERROR
length equal length,
Parameters
command is over!
<length> The length of Email body.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  If the Email charset is not ASCII, the body of Email must be in
hexadecimal format.
 After URC string "DOWNLOAD", User can input email’s body.
13.2.9 AT+SMTPFILE Set the Email Attachment
AT+SMTPFILE Set the Email Attachment

Response
+SMTPFILE: (range of <fileType>s),<fileNameLength>,(range of
<encodeType>s)
Test Command
AT+SMTPFILE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPFILE: <fileType>,<fileName>,<encodeType>
Read Command
AT+SMTPFILE? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
Parameters
<fileType> The type of the Email attachment.
Write Command
0 No attachment
AT+SMTPFILE=<fileTy
pe>[,<fileName>,<enco 1 Attach a txt file
deType>] 2 Attach a binary file (bmp, mp3, video…)
<fileName> The name of the Email attachment.
<fileNameLength> The max length of <fileName>.
<encodeType> Content-Transfer-Encoding used for attachment
0 "7bit" means data all represented as short lines of US-ASCII data
1 "base64" designed to represent arbitrary sequences of octets in a
form that need not be humanly readable
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
 If a txt file (<fileType>=1) is attached, <encodeType> must be 0.
 If a binary file (<fileType>=2) is attached, <encodeType> must be 1.
13.2.10 AT+SMTPSEND Send the Email
AT+SMTPSEND Send the Email

AT+SMTPSEND=? OK

Response
OK
ERROR
If send successfully or not, return:
+SMTPSEND: <code>
Parameters
<code> The result of sending Email.
Execution Command 1 The Email has been sent successfully.
AT+SMTPSEND 61 Network error.
62 DNS resolve error
63 SMTP TCP connection error.
64 Timeout of SMTP server response
65 SMTP server response error
66 Not authentication
67 Authentication failed. SMTP user name or password may be not
right.
68 Bad recipient.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.11 AT+SMTPFT Transfer the Email Attachment
AT+SMTPFT Transfer the Email Attachment

Response
Test Command OK
AT+SMTPFT=?
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
When the URC below is reported, the attachment can be transferred:
+SMTPFT: 1,<maxLength>
If <reqLength> is not 0 and send data successfully:

Write Command
+SMTPFT: 2,<cnfLength>
AT+SMTPFT=<reqLen
...... //Input data
gth>
OK
If <reqLength> is not 0 and send data unsuccessfully:

+SMTPFT: 2,<cnfLength>
...... //Input data

ERROR
If <reqLength> is 0,it indicates that transferring the attachment have

finished:
OK

ERROR
If some error occur:

+SMTPSEND: <code>
Parameters
<reqLength> Requested number of data bytes(0-<maxLength>) to be
transmitted
<cnfLength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be transmitted
<maxLength> The max length of data can be sent at a time. It depends
on the network status.
<code> See AT+SMTPSEND
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  <reqLength> can not be greater than <maxLength>.
 When "+SMTPFT: 1,<maxLength>" is reported, then use
"AT+SMTPFT=<reqLength>" to send data.
13.2.12 AT+SMTPCS Set the Email Charset
AT+SMTPCS Set the Email Charset

Response
+SMTPCS: <charsetLength>
Test Command
AT+SMTPCS=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+SMTPCS: <charset>
Read Command
AT+SMTPCS? OK
Parameter
See Write Command

Response
OK
ERROR
AT+SMTPCS=<charset <charset> The Email charset, string type. It shows which charset
> the subject and the body are encoded in. If <charset> is not ASCII but
UTF-8 or other, the subject and the body must be in hexadecimal format
(e.g. "TEST" should be converted to "54455354").
The default charset is ASCII.
<charsetLength> The max length of <charset>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.13 AT+POP3SRV Set POP3 Server and Account
AT+POP3SRV Set POP3 Server and Account

Response
+POP3SRV:
<pop3ServerLength>,<userNameLength>,<password-Length>,(range
Test Command of supported <pop3Port>s)
AT+POP3SRV=?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+POP3SRV: <pop3Server>,<userName>,<password>,<pop3Port>
Read Command
AT+POP3SRV? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command ERROR
AT+POP3SRV=<pop3S Parameters
erver>,<userName>,<p
assword>[,<pop3Port> <pop3Server> POP3 server address, string type. This parameter can
] be either:
- IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- Host name to be solved with a DNS query
<userName> The user name to log in POP3 server, string type.

<password> The password to log in POP3 server, string type.

<pop3Port> The port of POP3 server.
1-65535 Default: 110
<pop3ServerLength> The max length of <pop3Server>.
<userNameLength> The max length of <userName>.
<passwordLength> The max length of <password>.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.14 AT+POP3IN Log in POP3 Server
AT+POP3IN Log in POP3 Server

AT+POP3IN=? OK
Response
OK
ERROR
If logging in POP3 server or not, return:
+POP3IN: <code>
Parameters
<code> The result of logging in POP3 server
Execution Command 1 Log in POP3 server successfully
AT+POP3IN 61 Network error
63 POP3 tcp connection error
64 Timeout of POP3 server response
65 POP3 server response error
66 POP3 server rejects to log in
67 Incorrect user name
68 Incorrect user name or password
69 Timeout of read data
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

13.2.15 AT+POP3NUM Get Email Number and Total Size
AT+POP3NUM Get Email Number and Total Size

AT+POP3NUM=? OK
Response
OK
ERROR
If POP3 server issues a positive response:
+POP3NUM: 1,<totalNumber>,<totalSize>
If POP3 server issues a negative response:
+POP3NUM: 0
Execution Command
+POP3OUT: <code>
AT+POP3NUM
Parameters
<totalNumber> The Email number on the POP3 server, decimal format.
<totalSize> The total size of all Email and the unit is in byte.
<code> The result of logging out POP3 server
1 Normally log out POP3 server
61 Network error
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.16 AT+POP3LIST Get the Specific Email Size
AT+POP3LIST Get the Specific Email Size

Response
+POP3LIST: (range of supported <msgNumber>s)
Test Command
AT+POP3LIST=? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+POP3LIST=<msgN
umber>
ERROR


+POP3LIST: 1,<msgNumber>,<size>
+POP3LIST: 0
+POP3OUT: <code>
Parameters
<msgNumber> The message number of Email.
<size> The size of Email <msgNumber> and the unit is in byte.
61 Network error
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.17 AT+POP3UIDL Get the Specific Email Unique-id
AT+POP3UIDL Get the Specific Email Unique-id

Response
+POP3UIDL: (range of supported <msgNumber>s)
Test Command
AT+POP3UIDL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
+POP3UIDL: 1,<msgNumber>,<uid>
Write Command
AT+POP3UIDL=<msgN
+POP3UIDL: 0
umber>
+POP3OUT: <code>
Parameters
<UID> The Email unique-id, the unique-id is an arbitrary server-determined
string, consisting of 1 to 70 characters in the range 0x21 to 0x7E, which

uniquely identifies a message within a maildrop and which persists across

sessions.
61 Network error
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.18 AT+POP3CMD Get Multi-line Response
AT+POP3CMD Get Multi-line Response

Response
+POP3CMD: (range of supported <cmdType>s),(range of
supported<msgNumber>s),(range of supported <lineNumber>s)
Test Command
AT+POP3CMD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
+POP3CMD: 1
+POP3CMD: 0
Write Command
+POP3OUT: <code>
AT+POP3CMD=<cmdT Parameters
ype>[,<msgNumber>[,l
ineNumber]] <cmdType> The values that supported POP3 user command
1 List command
The "List" command returns a multi-line "scan listing". For each
message on the maildrop list of the server the POP3 service
returns a line containing the message number and its size in
bytes. A final "dotline" will be printed at the end of the "scan
listing". If there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server,
the POP3 service returns a positive response, i.e. It does not
issue an error response, but the "scan listing" will be empty. In
either case, each scan listing will be finished by so-called

"dotline", i.e. a new line with just a single dot. <msgNumber> and
<lineNumber> must not be given.
2 Uidl command
The "Uidl" command returns a multi-line "unique-id
Listing". For each message on the maildrop list of the
Server the POP3 service returns a line containing the
message number and its unique-id. A final "dotline"
will be printed at the end of the "unique-id listing" If
there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server. The
POP3 service returns a positive response, i.e. It
does not issue an error response, but the "unique-
id listing" will be empty. In either case, each unique-id
listing will be finished by so-called "dotline", i.e.a new
line with just a singledot. <msgNumber> and <lineNumber> must
not be given.
3 Top command
The command retrieves the number of lines of the message’s
body from the POP3 server’s maildrop list. The POP3 server
sends the headers of the message, the blank line separating the
headers from the body, and then the number of lines of the
message’s body. If the number of lines requested by The POP3
client is greater than the number of lines in the
body, then the POP3 server sends the entire
message. If no such message exists on the server the POP3
service issues an error response to the user.
Each email will be finished by a so-called "dotline",
i.e.a new line with just a single dot.
<msgNumber> and <lineNumber> must be given.
4 Retrieve command
The command retrieves the related message from the
POP3 server’s maildrop list. If no such message exists
on the server the POP3 service issues an error response to the
user. Each email will be finished by a so-called "dotline", i.e. a
new line with just a single dot. <msgNumber>
must be given.
<lineNumber> The number of lines of the message body.
61 Network error
Max Response Time -

Note
Reference
After sending these POP3 commands and POP3 server issuing a positive
response, you can get the response by "AT+POP3READ".
13.2.19 AT+POP3READ Read Multi-line Response
AT+POP3READ Read Multi-line Response

Response
+POP3READ: (range of supported <reqLength>s)
Test Command
AT+POP3READ=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
If the data of response not to be read completely:
+POP3READ: 1,<cnfLength>
If the data of response to be read completely:
+POP3READ: 2,<cnfLength>
If some data need to be read,the URC below is reported:
+POP3READ: 3,<dataLength>
ERROR
Write Command +POP3OUT: <code>
AT+POP3READ=<reqL Parameters
ength> <reqLength> Requested number of data bytes (1-1460) to be read
<cnfLength> Confirmed number of data bytes to be read, which may be
less than <reqLength>. 0 indicates that no data can be read.
<dataLength> Received number of data bytes.
61 Network error
69 Read data timeout
Max Response Time -
Note
 Other AT commands (but "AT+POP3OUT") can not be executed until
Reference
the data of response are read completely.
 If <confLength> is less than <reqLength>, you should wait for a URC
"+POP3READ: 3,<dataLength>" reported. Then you may continue to

read data by "AT+POP3READ".

 If the module has some unread data, the URC "+POP3READ:
3,<dataLength>" is reported every once in a while. After some time,
these data are not still been read, the module will quit the POP3
process.
13.2.20 AT+POP3DEL Mark the Specific Email to Delete
AT+POP3DEL Mark the Specific Email to Delete

Response
+POP3DEL: (range of supported <msgNumber>s)
Test Command
AT+POP3DEL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
ERROR
+POP3DEL: 1
+POP3DEL: 0
Write Command
AT+POP3DEL=<msgN
+POP3OUT: <code>
umber>
Parameters
<msgNumber> The message number of Email
61 Network error
Max Response Time -
Note
The POP3 server marks the Email as deleted. Any future reference to the
Reference message-number associated with the Email in a POP3 command generates
an error. The POP3 server does not actually delete the Email until the POP3
client logs out POP3 server and closes the session normally.

13.2.21 AT+POP3RSET Unmark the Emails that Be Marked as Deleted
AT+POP3RSET Unmark the Emails that Be Marked as Deleted

AT+POP3RSET=? OK
Response
OK
ERROR
+POP3RSET: 1
+POP3REST: 0
Execution Command
AT+POP3RSET
+POP3OUT: <code>
Parameters
61 Network error
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
13.2.22 AT+POP3OUT Log Out POP3 Server
AT+POP3OUT Log Out POP3 Server

AT+POP3OUT=? OK
Response
OK
ERROR
If the process is completed, return:
Execution Command
+POP3OUT: <code>
AT+POP3OUT
Parameters
61 Network error


69 Timeout of read data
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

14 AT Commands for MMS

Application
SIM800 series support MMS operation.
14.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+CMMSCURL Set the URL of the MMS center
AT+CMMSPROTO Set the protocol parameter and MMS proxy
AT+CMMSCID Set the network parameters for MMS
AT+CMMSSENDCFG Set the parameters for sending MMS
AT+CMMSEDIT Enter or exit edit mode
AT+CMMSDOWN Download the file data or title from UART
AT+CMMSDELFILE Delete the file of the edited MMS by file index
AT+CMMSSEND Start MMS sending
AT+CMMSRECP Add recipients
AT+CMMSCC Add copy recipients
AT+CMMSBCC Add secret recipients
AT+CMMSDELRECP Delete recipients
AT+CMMSDELCC Delete copy recipients
AT+CMMSDELBCC Delete secret recipients
AT+CMMSRECV Receive MMS
AT+CMMSVIEW Get the MMS into buffer and show the information
AT+CMMSREAD Read the given file of the MMS in the buffer
AT+CMMSRDPUSH Read the information of the MMS push message
AT+CMMSUA Set User Agent
AT+CMMSPROFILE Set User Agent Profile
AT+CMMSTIMEOUT Set MMS Timeout
AT+CMMSSTATUS Get MMS Status
AT+CMMSINIT Initialize MMS Function
AT+CMMSTERM Exit MMS function
AT+CMMSSCONT Save MMS context

14.2.1 AT+CMMSCURL Set the URL of the MMS Center
AT+CMMSCURL Set the URL of the MMS Center

Response
+CMMSCURL: "URL"
Test Command
AT+CMMSCURL=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSCURL: <mmscurl>
Read Command
AT+CMMSCURL? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CMMSCURL=<mm or
scurl>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mmscurl> The URL of the MMS center.
Parameter Saving Mode AT+CMMSSCONT
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.2 AT+CMMSPROTO Set the Protocol Parameter and MMS Proxy
AT+CMMSPROTO Set the Protocol Parameter and MMS Proxy

Response
+CMMSPROTO: "(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255)",(1-65535)
Test Command
AT+CMMSPROTO=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command

Response
+CMMSPROTO: <Gateway>,<Port>
Read Command
AT+CMMSPROTO? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CMMSPROTO=<G or
ateway>,<Port> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<Gateway> IP address of MMS proxy.
<Port> Port of MMS proxy.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.3 AT+CMMSCID Set the Network Parameters for MMS
AT+CMMSCID Set the Network Parameters for MMS

Response
+CMMSCID: (1-3)
Test Command
AT+CMMSCID=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSCID: <value>
Read Command
AT+CMMSCID? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CMMSCID=<value
or
>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<value> network parameters, refer to "AT+SAPBR"


Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.4 AT+CMMSSENDCFG Set the Parameters for Sending MMS
AT+CMMSSENDCFG Set the Parameters for Sending MMS

Response
+CMMSSENDCFG: (0-6),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1),(0-2),(0-4),(1-2),(0,1)
Test Command
AT+CMMSSENDCFG=
OK
?
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSSENDCFG:
<valid>,<pri>,<sendrep>,<readrep>,<visible>,<class>,<subctrl>,<notifr
Read Command spcheck>
AT+CMMSSENDCFG?
OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<valid> The valid time of sent MMS
Write Command 0 1 hour
1 12 hours
AT+CMMSSENDCFG=
<valid>[,<pri>[,<sendr 2 24 hours
ep>[,<readrep>[,<visibl 3 2 days
e>[,<class>[,<subctrl>[ 4 1 week
,<notifrspcheck>]]]]]]]
5 maximum
6 Not set (default)
<pri> Priority
0 lowest
1 normal
2 highest
3 Not Set (default)
<sendrep> Whether it need deliver report
0 No (default)

1 Yes
<readrep> Whether it need receive report
0 No (default)
1 Yes
<visible> Whether it need show the sender address
0 hide the sender address
1 show the sender address even if it is a secret address
2 Not set (default)
<class> The class of the MMS
0 Personal
1 Advertisement
2 Informational
3 Auto
4 Not set (default)
<subctrl> Subject control
1 For Chinese character code
2 For English character code
<notifrspcheck> Whether it need to check the HTTP response of MMS
notifyrsp ind then to proceed the next step.
0 Waiting for HTTP response
1 Skip waiting for HTTP response
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.5 AT+CMMSEDIT Enter or Exit Edit Mode
AT+CMMSEDIT Enter or Exit Edit Mode

Response
+CMMSEDIT: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CMMSEDIT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSEDIT: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMMSEDIT? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK

AT+CMMSEDIT=<mod or
e> ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode> Whether it allows to edit MMS
0 Not allow to edit MMS
1 Allow to edit MMS
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
It includes adding and deleting receipt, downloading and deleting files,
downloading title to edit MMS.
14.2.6 AT+CMMSDOWN Download the File Data or Title from UART
AT+CMMSDOWN Download the File Data or Title from UART

Response
+CMMSDOWN: "PIC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "TEXT",(1-15360),(2000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "TITLE",(1-40),(2000-)
+CMMSDOWN: "AUDIO_ACC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "AUDIO_AMR",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
Test Command
+CMMSDOWN: "AUDIO_BASIC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
AT+CMMSDOWN=?
+CMMSDOWN: "AUDIO_MID",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "AUDIO_MPEG",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "VIDEO_3GPP",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: " VIDEO _MP4",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
OK
Response
CONNECT
or
ERROR
or
AT+CMMSDOWN=<typ Parameters
e>,<size>,<time>[,<na <type> A string parameter which indicates type of downloaded data
me>] "TITLE" MMS title data
"TEXT" MMS text data
"PIC" MMS image data
"AUDIO_AAC" MMS aac audio data
"AUDIO_AMR" MMS amr audio data
"AUDIO_BASIC" MMS basic audio data

"AUDIO_MID" MMS mid audio data

"AUDIO_MPEG" MMS mpeg audio data
"VIDEO_3GPP" MMS 3gpp video data
"VIDEO_MP4" MMS mp4 video data
<size> Size in bytes of the data to be downloaded.
<time> Maximum time in milliseconds to download data.
<name> The file name of the image or the text to be downloaded,
including extended name. The default name for image is
"image<m>.jpg" and the default name for text is "text<n>.txt".
<m> and <n> are in the range of 0~255
Max Response Time Decided by <time>

Note
 It is strongly recommended to set the time long enough to download all
the file data and make sure that the real size of the file to download is
Reference
not bigger than <size>.
 The maximum size of <name> is 40 Bytes and only ASCII code is
recognized for <name>.
14.2.7 AT+CMMSDELFILE Delete the File of the Edited MMS by File Index
AT+CMMSDELFILE Delete the File of the Edited MMS by File Index

AT+CMMSDELFILE=? OK
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CMMSDELFILE=<fi or
leIndex> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<fileIndex> The index of the file to be deleted in the MMS. Refer to
"AT+CMMSVIEW".
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
This command is valid when it is allowed to edit MMS.

14.2.8 AT+CMMSSEND Start MMS Sending
AT+CMMSSEND Start MMS Sending

Response
Test Command +CMMSSEND: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSSEND=?
OK
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CMMSSEND=<add or
ress>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<address> A string parameter which indicates address of recipients.
Response
OK
Execution Command or
AT+CMMSSEND ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Max Response Time AT+CMMSTIMEOUT
Reference Note
It is not allowed to input <address> when it not allowed to edit MMS.
14.2.9 AT+CMMSRECP Add Recipients
AT+CMMSRECP Add Recipients

Response
Test Command +CMMSRECP: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSRECP=?
OK
Response
+CMMSRECP: the list of <addr>s
Read Command
AT+CMMSRECP? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CMMSRECP=<add
or
r>
ERROR

or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<addr> A string parameter which indicates phone number or email
address of recipients. The maximum length of the string is 40.
Max Response Time -

Note
Reference
The maximum of recipients is 20 and this command is valid only when it is
allowed to edit MMS.
14.2.10 AT+CMMSCC Add Copy Recipients
AT+CMMSCC Add Copy Recipients

Response
Test Command +CMMSCC: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSCC=?
OK
Response
+CMMSCC: the list of <addr>s
Read Command
AT+CMMSCC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command or
AT+CMMSCC=<addr> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
address of copy recipients. The maximum length of the string is
40.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The maximum of copy recipients is 20 and this command is valid only when
it is not allowed to edit MMS.

14.2.11 AT+CMMSBCC Add Secret Recipients
AT+CMMSBCC Add Secret Recipients

Response
Test Command +CMMSBCC: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSBCC=?
OK
Response
+CMMSBCC: the list of <addr>s
Read Command
AT+CMMSBCC? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
or
AT+CMMSBCC=<addr
+CME ERROR: <err>
>
Parameters
address of secret recipients. The maximum length of the string
is 40.
Max Response Time -

Note
Reference
The maximum of secret recipients is 20 and this command is valid only
when it is allowed to edit MMS
14.2.12 AT+CMMSDELRECP Delete Recipients
AT+CMMSDELRECP Delete Recipients

Response
Test Command +CMMSDELRECP: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSDELRECP=?
OK
Response
OK
Write Command
or
AT+CMMSDELRECP=<
ERROR
addr>
or
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameters
address of recipient. The maximum length of the string is 40.
Response
Execution Command
Delete all the recipients
AT+CMMSDELRECP
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
This command is valid when it is allowed to edit MMS
14.2.13 AT+CMMSDELCC Delete Copy Recipients
AT+CMMSDELCC Delete Copy Recipients

Response
Test Command +CMMSDELCC: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSDELCC=?
OK
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
or
AT+CMMSDELCC=<ad
+CME ERROR: <err>
dr>
Parameters
address of copy recipients. The maximum length of the string
is 40.
Delete all the copy recipients
Execution Command
Response
AT+CMMSDELCC
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.14 AT+CMMSDELBCC Delete Secret Recipients
AT+CMMSDELBCC Delete Secret Recipients

Response
Test Command
+CMMSDELBCC: "ADDRESS"
AT+CMMSDELBCC=?

OK
Response
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
or
AT+CMMSDELBCC=<a
+CME ERROR: <err>
ddr>
Parameters
address of secret recipient. The maximum length of the string
is 40.
Response
Execution Command
Delete all the secret recipients
AT+CMMSDELBCC
OK
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.15 AT+CMMSRECV Receive MMS
AT+CMMSRECV Receive MMS

Response
Test Command +CMMSRECV: (range of <index>)
AT+CMMSRECV=?
OK
Response
+CMMSRECV: "<sender>","<time>","<subject>",<size><CR><LF>list of
<fileIndex,name,type,filesize><CR><LF>
OK
or
ERROR
or
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CMMSRECV=<ind
Parameters
ex>
<index> The index of the push message saved in the SIM message box.
<sender> The address of the sender
<time> The time to receive the MMS
<subject> the title of the MMS
<size> The size of the MMS
<fileIndex,name,type,filesize> The index, name and size of every file
included in the MMS. The types are defined as following.
2 text

3 text/html
4 text/plain
5 image
6 image/gif
7 image/jpg
8 image/tif
9 image/png
10 smil
Max Response Time AT+CMMSTIMEOUT
Note
 This command is valid only when it is not allowed to edit MMS and the
Reference buffer for MMS will be clear up. So it is recommended to save the MMS
in the buffer before receiving MMS.
 The received MMS is just saved in the buffer but not saved in the flash.
 The maximum number of inclosure is 10.
14.2.16 AT+CMMSVIEW Get the MMS into Buffer and Show the Information
AT+CMMSVIEW Get the MMS into Buffer and Show the Information
AT+CMMSVIEW=? OK
Response
+CMMSVIEW:
<mmstype>,"<sender>","<receipts>","<ccs>","<bccs>","<datetime>",
"<subject>",<size><CR><LF>list of
<fileIndex,name,type,filesize><CR><LF>
OK
or
ERROR
or
Execution Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CMMSVIEW
Parameters
<mmstype> The type of MMS
0 Received MMS
1 Sent MMS
2 Unsent MMS
<sender> The address of th sender
<receipts> List of recipients, Separated by ";"
<ccs> List of copy recipients , Separated by ";"
<bccs> List of secret recipients , Separated by ";"
<datetime> The time of receive MMS

<subject> The title of MMS

<size> Data size of MMS
<fileIndex,name,type,filesize> The index, name and size of every file
included in the MMS. The types are defined as following.
2 text
3 text/html
4 text/plain
5 image
6 image/gif
7 image/jpg
8 image/tif
9 image/png
10 smil
Max Response Time -
Reference
Note
14.2.17 AT+CMMSREAD Read the Given File of the MMS in the Buffer
AT+CMMSREAD Read the Given File of the MMS in the Buffer

AT+CMMSREAD=? OK
Response
+CMMSREAD: <name> <datSize>
File content
Write Command OK
AT+CMMSREAD=<fileI Parameters
ndex> <fileIndex> The index of the file to be read from the MMS in the buffer，
i.e. the parameter <fileIndex> in "AT+CMMSRECV" and
"AT+CMMSVIEW"
<name> The file name to be read
<datSize> The size of the file to be read

Note
Reference
If the file type is text, the character set of the output text is Unicode little
endian without the header "FF FE".

14.2.18 AT+CMMSRDPUSH Read the Information of the MMS PUSH Message
AT+CMMSRDPUSH Read the Information of the MMS PUSH Message

Response
+CMMSRDPUSH: (range of <index>)
Test Command
AT+CMMSRDPUSH=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSRDPUSH:
2,"<sender>","<subject>","<transaction>","<location>","<time>",<class>
,<size>
OK
or
+CMMSRDPUSH: 6,"<receiver>","<time>",<status>
OK
or
+CMMSRDPUSH: 255
OK
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Write Command The first parameter of the response should be 2 or 6, or the other type of the
AT+CMMSRDPUSH=<i MMS PDU.
ndex> 2 m-notification-ind[2]. To inform the contents of a
received MMS
6 m-delivery-ind[2]. A delivery report
255 unknown MMS PDU
<index> The index of the push message saved in the SIM message
box.
<sender> The address of the sender
<receiver> The address of the receiver
<subject> The title of the MMS
<transaction> The X-Mms-Transation-ID[2] of the received MMS
<location> The X-Mms-Content-Location[2] of the received MMS
<class> The X-Mms-Class[2] of the received MMS
0 Personal
1 Advertisement
2 Informational
3 Auto
<time> Date and time of the received push message.
<size> The size of the MMS

<status> The status of the sent MMS

0 Expired
1 Retrieved
2 Rejected
3 Defered
4 Unrecognized

Note
 This command is valid only when it is not allowed to edit MMS and the
Reference
buffer for MMS will be clear up. So it is recommended to save the MMS
in the buffer before receiving MMS.
 The received MMS is just saved in the buffer but not saved in the flash.
14.2.19 AT+CMMSUA Set User Agent
AT+CMMSUA Set User Agent

Response
+CMMSUA: "UserAgent"
Test Command
AT+CMMSUA=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSUA: <UA>
Read Command
AT+CMMSUA? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command ERROR
AT+CMMSUA=<UA> or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<UA> string type user agent name
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

14.2.20 AT+CMMSPROFILE Set User Agent Profile
AT+CMMSPROFILE Set User Agent Profile

Response
+CMMSPROFILE: "UserAgentProfile"
Test Command
AT+CMMSPROFILE=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSPROFILE: <UAProfile>
Read Command
AT+CMMSPROFILE? OK
Parameter
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CMMSPROFILE=<
or
UAProfile>
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<UAProfile> string type user agent profile
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.21 AT+CMMSTIMEOUT Set MMS Timeout
AT+CMMSTIMEOUT Set MMS Timeout

Response
+CMMSTIMEOUT: (10-1000),(10-1000)
Test Command
AT+CMMSTIMEOUT=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
Read Command +CMMSTIMEOUT: <Send timeout>,<Recv timeout>
AT+CMMSTIMEOUT?
OK

Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CMMSTIMEOUT=< or
Send timeout>,<Recv
timeout>> +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<Send timeout> Send timeout time, integer type, in seconds.
<Recv timeout> Receive timeout time, integer type, in seconds.
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
14.2.22 AT+CMMSSTATUS Get MMS Status
AT+CMMSSTATUS Get MMS Status

Response
Test Command OK
AT+CMMSSTATUS=?
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CMMSSTATUS: <status>
OK
or
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command Parameters
<status> status of MMS action
AT+CMMSSTATUS？
MMS_IDLE
MMS_DOWNLOADING
MMS_DOWNLOADED
MMS_SENDING
MMS_RECEIVING
MMS_RECEIVED
MMS_READING
MMS_READING_PUSH
Max Response Time -

Reference Note
14.2.23 AT+CMMSINIT Initialize MMS Function
AT+CMMSINIT Initialize MMS Function

Response
Test Command OK
AT+CMMSINIT=? Parameters
No Parameter
Response
OK
or
AT+CMMSINIT or
+CME ERROR: <err>
No Parameter

Max Response Time -
Reference Note
When first entering the MMS function, this command must be executed.
14.2.24 AT+CMMSTERM Exit MMS Function
AT+CMMSTERM Exit MMS Function

Response
Test Command OK
AT+CMMSTERM=? Parameters
No Parameter
Response
OK
or
Execution Command
ERROR
AT+CMMSTERM
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
No Parameter
Max Response Time -
Reference Note
When exiting the MMS function, this command must be executed.

14.2.25 AT+CMMSSCONT Save MMS Context
AT+CMMSSCONT Save MMS Context

Response
Test Command OK
AT+CMMSSCONT=? Parameters
Response
+CMMSSCONT: <mode>
+CMMSCID: <value>
+CMMSCURL: <mmscurl>
+CMMSUA: <UA>
+CMMSPROFILE: <UAProfile>
+CMMSPROTO: <Gateway>,<Port>
Read Command
+CMMSSENDCFG:
AT+CMMSSCONT?
<valid>,<pri>,<sendrep>,<readrep>,<visible>,<class>,<subctrl>,<notif
yskip>
+CMMSTIMEOUT: <Send timeout>,<Recv timeout>
OK
Parameters
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CMMSSCONT Parameters
<mode> 0 saved, the value from NVRAM
Max Response Time -
Reference Note

15 AT Commands for DDET

Application
DTMF detection can be set or activated by DDET command.
15. 1 Overview
Command Description
AT+DDET DTMF detection control
15.2.1 AT+DDET DTMF Detection Control
AT+DDET DTMF Detection Control

Response
+DDET: (0,1),(0-10000),(0,1),(0,1)
Test Command
AT+DDET=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+DDET: <mode>,<interval>,<reportMode>,<ssdet>
Read Command
AT+DDET? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
or
AT+DDET=<mode>[,<i ERROR
nterval>][,<reportMode
>][,<ssdet>] Unsolicited Result Code
1)If <reoportMode> is set to 0
+DTMF: <key>

2)If <reportMode> is set to 1

+DTMF: <key>,<last time>
Parameters
<mode> Disable or enable DTMF detection control
0 Disable
1 Enable
<interval> The min interval between two same key URC. The range is
0-10000, the default value is 0. unit is ms.
<reportMode> URC report mode
0 Key value reported only
1 Key value and last time are reported, the last time is in ms
<key> Keytone detected, 0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D.if <ssdet> is 1,Single frequency
sound 1400 and 2300 is supported too, when single frequency 1400HZ
sound or 2300HZ sound is detected, +DTMF:1400 or +DTMF:2300 is
reported
<last time> Duration of keytone playing. unit is ms.
<ssdet> Single frequency sound detect function on off
0 Switch off
1 Switch on
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference
The parameters <interval>,<reportMode> and <ssdet> can not power off
save.

16 AT Commands for RECORD

Application
16.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+CREC Record operation
AT+CRECORD Record and send data to UART
16.2.1 AT+CREC Record Operation
AT+CREC Record Operation

Response
+CREC: (1-n),(1-10)
Test Command
AT+CREC=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CREC: <status>
Read Command OK
AT+CREC? Parameters
<status> 0 idle state
1 recording state
2 playing state
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CREC=<mode>,[<i 1) mode=1,start record
d>] AT+CREC=1,<id>,<form>,[<time>][,<location>],[<quality>],[<inputpath
>]
OK

2) mode=2,stop record
AT+CREC=2
OK
+CREC: 2,<id>,<form>,<time>,<len>
3) mode=3,delete record
AT+CREC=3,<id>
OK
4) mode=4,play record file
AT+CREC=4,<id>,<channel>,<level>[,<repeat>]
OK
5) mode=5,stop play record file
AT+CREC=5
+CREC: 0
OK
6) mode=6,read record data
AT+CREC=6,<id>,<len>,<offset>
+CREC: 6,<id>,<len>
<data>
OK
7) mode=7,view record file infomation
AT+CREC=7,[<id>]
+CREC: 7,<id>,<len>,<form>
OK
8) mode=8,query free space for recording
If SD card is supported
AT+CREC=8
+CREC: 8,sys:<len> sd:<len>
OK
If SD card is not supported
AT+CREC=8
+CREC: 8,<len>
OK
9) mode=9, create record file directory.
AT+CREC=9,<location>
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>
<err> 5000 Be recoding
5001 Be playing

5002 Audio busy

5003 No space
5004 Format error
5005 File operation failure
5006 File is null
5007 File size is error
5008 File is not exist
Parameters
<n> Number of operation support, if SD card is supported, the number will
be 9, or will be 8
<mode> 1 Start record
2 Stop record
3 Delete record
4 Play record
5 Stop play record
6 Get record data in hex format, the max length is 32K in bytes
7 List record files infomation
8 Query free space in bytes
9 Create record file direcotry
<id> File ID number, 1-10 or file path with double quotation marks, such
as "C:\User\1155165.amr".
<form> Record file format
0 AMR
1 WAV
2 WAV_ADPCM
<time> Recording time limit. The recording will be stopped if the recording
time reaches the time limit, or there is a mistake/memory full/other events
disturbed (call setup, etc.)/ Or manual operation.If 0 or default value is set,
no time limit is set.
<channel> Channel
0 Main channel
1 Aux channel
<level> 0-100, play volume
<repeat> Repeate
0 Play once
1 Play infinitely
<len> Length in bytes. When read record data, the max length is 32K
<offset> Offset of the record file , it is less than the length of reord file.
When read the record file, if the <len>+<offset> is larger than the file length,
then we need to return to the actural data length.
<data> Record file data in hex format
<location> Record file location
0 System FAT
1 SD card
<inputpath> Input channel
0 MIC1

1 MIC2
<quality> Record quality
0 Low
1 Medium
2 High
3 Best
Max Response Time -
Note
 Record will overwrite the record file with the same ID when free space
is enough，but overwrite the record file with the same ID and format
when free space is not enough.
 About 40K FAT space will remain for system use.
 The setting of input path doesn’t take effect when record in call.
 Play in call support low quality WAV record file.
Reference  Location relative setting only take effect when SD card is support and
plugged in.
 When DDET is set to 1, record is not allowed in call.
 The value of parameter <id> of "AT+CREC=7" can not support file path.
 The value of parameter <form> of "AT+CREC=1" is invalid if the value
of <id> is file path. The record file format can get from file path.
 The max length of parameter <len> of "AT+CREC=6" is 32K bytes.
 Scope of parameter <inputpath> is different among SIM800 series
16.2.2 AT+CRECORD Record and Send Data to UART
AT+CRECORD Record and Send Data to UART

Response
+CRECORD: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CRECORD=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
or
Write Command
+CRECORD: <data>
AT+CRECORD=<mode or
>[,<interval>][,<crcmo
de>] ERROR
Parameters
<data> UART data output in specified form, which is deciede by
<crcmode>

<mode>
0 Stop record
1 Start record
<interval> UART data output interval, the range is 1-50, the default value is
50. unit is 20ms.
<crcmode> Data form
0 UART data is the audio data
1 0x7E is added to the head, 0x7E is converted to 0x7D 0x5E, 0x7D is
converted to 0x7D 0x5D.
2 0x7E is added to the head, 0x7E is converted to 0x7D 0x5E, 0x7D is
converted to 0x7D 0x5D,a 2byte CRC code is added to the end
Max Response Time -
Note
 When "AT+CRECORD" is set to 1, data mode will be entered and
Reference audio data will output on the UART every the interval time, any input on
the UART will stop the record. "AT+CRECORD=0" take no effect.
 AMR 4.75K is supported only
 AMR file head "#*AMR\n" is not outputed
Note: Part of the projects support record function, please refer to chapter 20 for details.

17 AT Commands for TTS Application
17.1 Overview
Command Description
AT+CTTS TTS operation
AT+CTTSPARAM Set params of the TTS playing
AT+CTTSRING Enable/disable TTS play during incoming call ring
17.2.1 AT+CTTS TTS Operation
AT+CTTS TTS Operation

AT+CTTS=? OK
Response
+CTTS: <status>
Read Command
OK
AT+CTTS?
Parameters
<status> 0 Idle mode
1 Play mode
Response
if<mode>=0，response：
OK
if<mode>=1 or 2 or 3，response:
Write Command OK
AT+CTTS=<mode>[,<t
ext>] +CTTS: 0 // speech played over
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
<mode> 0 Stop playing speech

1 Start to play synthetic speech, <text> is in UCS2 coding format

such as Chinese characters.
2 Start to play synthetic speech, <text> is in ASCII coding format
such as English characters.
3 Start to play synthetic speech, <text> is in ASCII and GBK
hybrid coding format such as Italian characters.
<text> The text which is synthetized to speech to be played, maximum
data length is 956 Bytes.
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference  Call setup will stop the current tts play
 TTS can play in call, but call release will stop the tts play
 TTS play is not allowed when alert or ring
17.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Set Parameters of the TTS Playing
AT+CTTSPARAM Set Parameters of the TTS Playing

Response
+CTTSPARAM: (0-100),(0-3),(1-100),(1-100),(0,1)
Test Command
AT+CTTSPARAM=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CTTSPARAM: <volume>,<mode>,<pitch>,<speed>,<channel>
Read Command
AT+CTTSPARAM? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameters
Write Command <volume> TTS playing volume, the range is 0-100,the default is 50.
AT+CTTSPARAM=<vol <mode> TTS playing mode, the range is 0-3
ume>,<mode>,<pitch>, 0 Auto read digit, and read digit based on number rule first
<speed>[,<channel>] 1 Auto read digit, and read digit based on telegram rule first
2 Read digit based on telegram rule
3 Read digit based on number rule
<pitch> TTS playing pitch, the range is 1-100,the default is 50.
<speed> TTS playing speed, the range is 1-100,the default is 50.
<channel> TTS play channel.

0 Main channel
1 Aux channel
Max Response Time -
Note
 TTS play channel setting take no effect in call. TTS play channel
Reference depend on CHFA when in call.
 The default value of parameter <channel> is different among SIM800
series projects, please refer to chapter 20 for details.
17.2.3 AT+CTTSRING Enable/Disable TTS Play During Incoming Call Ring
AT+CTTSRING Enable/Disable TTS Play During Incoming Call Ring

Response
+CTTSRING: (0,1)
Test Command
AT+CTTSRING=? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
+CTTSRING: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CTTSRING? OK
Parameters
See Write Command
Response
OK
Write Command
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CTTSRING=<mode
Parameters
>
<mode> Enable/disable TTS play during incoming call ring
0 Diable TTS play during incoming call ring
1 Enable TTS play during incoming call ring
Max Response Time -
Note
Reference If <mode> is set to 1, it is up to the customer to stop TTS play before accept
the call
Note: Part of the project supported TTS function, please refer to chapter 20 for details.

18 Supported Unsolicited Result

Codes
18.1 Summary of CME ERROR Codes
Final result code +CME ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same Command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values used by common messaging commands:
Code of <err> Meaning

0 phone failure
1 no connection to phone
2 phone-adaptor link reserved
3 operation not allowed
4 operation not supported
5 PH-SIM PIN required
6 PH-FSIM PIN required
7 PH-FSIM PUK required
10 SIM not inserted
11 SIM PIN required
12 SIM PUK required
13 SIM failure
14 SIM busy
15 SIM wrong
16 incorrect password
17 SIM PIN2 required
18 SIM PUK2 required
20 memory full
21 invalid index
22 not found
23 memory failure
24 text string too long
25 invalid characters in text string
26 dial string too long
27 invalid characters in dial string
30 no network service
31 network timeout

32 network not allowed - emergency call only

40 network personalisation PIN required
41 network personalisation PUK required
42 network subset personalisation PIN required
43 network subset personalisation PUK required
44 service provider personalisation PIN required
45 service provider personalisation PUK required
46 corporate personalisation PIN required
47 corporate personalisation PUK required
99 resource limitation
100 unknown
103 Illegal MS
106 Illegal ME
107 GPRS services not allowed
111 PLMN not allowed
112 Location area not allowed
113 Roaming not allowed in this location area
132 service option not supported
133 requested service option not subscribed
134 service option temporarily out of order
148 unspecified GPRS error
149 PDP authentication failure
150 invalid mobile class
160 DNS resolve failed
161 Socket open failed
171 MMS task is busy now
172 The MMS data is oversize
173 The operation is overtime
174 There is no MMS receiver
175 The storage for address is full
176 Not find the address
177 The connection to network is failed
178 Failed to read push message
179 This is not a push message
180 gprs is not attached
181 tcpip stack is busy
182 The MMS storage is full
183 The box is empty
184 failed to save MMS
185 It is in edit mode
186 It is not in edit mode
187 No content in the buffer
188 Not find the file
189 Failed to receive MMS
190 Failed to read MMS

191 Not M-Notification.ind

192 The MMS inclosure is full
193 Unknown
600 No Error
601 Unrecognized Command
602 Return Value Error
603 Syntax Error
604 Unspecified Error
605 Data Transfer Already
606 Action Already
607 Not At Cmd
608 Multi Cmd too long
609 Abort Cops
610 No Call Disc
611 BT SAP Undefined
612 BT SAP Not Accessible
613 BT SAP Card Removed
614 AT Not Allowed By Customer
753 missing required cmd parameter
754 invalid SIM command
755 invalid File Id
756 missing required P1/2/3 parameter
757 invalid P1/2/3 parameter
758 missing required command data
759 invalid characters in command data
765 Invalid input value
766 Unsupported mode
767 Operation failed
768 Mux already running
769 Unable to get control
770 SIM network reject
771 Call setup in progress
772 SIM powered down
773 SIM file not present
791 Param count not enough
792 Param count beyond
793 Param value range beyond
794 Param type not match
795 Param format invalid
796 Get a null param
797 CFUN state is 0 or 4

18.2 Summary of CMS ERROR Codes
Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to message service or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same Command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values used by common messaging commands:
Code of <err> Meaning

1 Unassigned(unallocated) number
3 No route to destination
6 Channel unacceptable
8 Operator determined barring
10 Call barred
11 Reserved
16 Normal call clearing
17 User busy
18 No user responding
19 User alerting, no answer
21 Short message transfer rejected
22 Number changed
25 Pre-emption
26 Non-selected user clearing
27 Destination out of service
28 Invalid number format (incomplete number)
29 Facility rejected
30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
32 Normal, unspecified
34 No circuit/channel available
38 Network out of order
41 Temporary failure
42 Switching equipment Congestion
43 Access information discarded
44 Requested circuit/channel not available
47 Resources unavailable, unspecified
49 Quality of service unavailable
50 Requested facility not subscribed
55 Requested facility not subscribed
57 Bearer capability not authorized
58 Bearer capability not presently available
63 Service or option not available, unspecified

65 Bearer service not implemented

68 ACM equal or greater than ACM maximum
69 Requested facility not implemented
70 Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
79 Service or option not implemented, unspecified
81 Invalid transaction identifier value
87 User not member of CUG
88 Incompatible destination
91 Invalid transit network selection
95 Semantically incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information
97 Message type non-existent or not implemented
98 Message type not compatible with protocol state
99 Information element non-existent or not implemented
100 Conditional information element error
101 Message not compatible with protocol
102 Recovery on timer expiry
111 Protocol error, unspecified
127 Interworking, unspecified
128 Telematic interworking not supported
129 Short message Type 0 not supported
130 Cannot replace short message
143 Unspecified TP-PID error
144 Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported
145 Message class not supported
159 Unspecified TP-DCS error
160 Command cannot be acted
161 Command unsupported
175 Unspecified TP-Command error
176 TPDU not supported
192 SC busy
193 No SC subscription
194 SC system failure
195 Invalid SME address
196 Destination SME barred
197 SM Rejected-Duplicate SM
198 TP-VPF not supported
199 TP-VP not supported
208 SIM SMS storage full
209 No SMS storage capability in SIM

210 Error in MS
211 Memory Capacity Exceeded
212 SIM Application Toolkit Busy
213 SIM data download error
224 CP retry exceed
225 RP trim timeout
226 SMS connection broken
255 Unspecified error cause
300 ME failure
301 SMS reserved
302 operation not allowed
303 operation not supported
304 invalid PDU mode
305 invalid text mode
310 SIM not inserted
311 SIM pin necessary
312 PH SIM pin necessary
313 SIM failure
314 SIM busy
315 SIM wrong
316 SIM PUK required
317 SIM PIN2 required
318 SIM PUK2 required
320 memory failure
321 invalid memory index
322 memory full
323 invalid input parameter
324 invalid input format
325 invalid input value
330 SMSC address unknown
331 no network
332 network timeout
340 no cnma ack
500 Unknown
512 SMS no error
513 Message length exceeds maximum length
514 Invalid request parameters
515 ME storage failure
516 Invalid bearer service
517 Invalid service mode
518 Invalid storage type
519 Invalid message format
520 Too many MO concatenated messages
521 SMSAL not ready

522 SMSAL no more service

523 Not support TP-Status-Report & TP-Command in storage
524 Reserved MTI
525 No free entity in RL layer
526 The port number is already registerred
527 There is no free entity for port number
528 More Message to Send state error
529 MO SMS is not allow
530 GPRS is suspended
531 ME storage full
532 Doing SIM refresh
18.3 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes
URC Description AT Command

+CCWA:
Indication of a call that is currently waiting
<number>,<type>,<class>[,<al AT+CCWA=1
and can be accepted.
pha>]
+CLIP:
The calling line identity (CLI) of the calling
<number>,<type>,<subaddr>,<
party when receiving a mobile terminated
satype>,<alphaId>,<CLI AT+CLIP=1
call.
validity>
Indicates incoming call to the TE if extended
+CRING: <type> AT+CRC=1
format is enabled.
There is a change in the MT network
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] registration status or a change of the
AT+CREG=<n>
network cell.
Shortly before the ACM (Accumulated Call
Meter) maximum value is reached. The
warning is issued approximately when 5
+CCWV
seconds call time remains. It is also issued
when starting a call if less than 5 s call time
AT+CCWE=1
remains.
Indicates that new message has been
+CMTI: <mem3>,<index> AT+CNMI <mt>=1
received.
+CMTI:
Indicates that new MMS message has been AT+CNMI
<mem3>,<index>,"MMS
received. <mt>=1
PUSH"
+CMT: Indicates that new message has been AT+CNMI
<length><CR><LF><pdu> received. <mt>=2 (PDU mode)
+CMT: Indicates that new message has been AT+CNMI
<oa>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid received. <mt>=2 (text mode)

>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,
<length>]<CR><LF><data>
AT+CNMI
+CBM: Indicates that new cell broadcast message
<bm>=2 (PDU mode
<length><CR><LF><pdu> has been received.
enabled):
+CBM: AT+CNMI
Indicates that new cell broadcast message
<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pa <bm>=2 (text mode
has been received.
ges><CR><LF><data> enabled):
AT+CNMI
+CDS: Indicates that new SMS status report has
<ds>=1 (PDU mode
<length><CR><LF><pdu> been received.
enabled):
+CDS: AT+CNMI
Indicates that new SMS status report has
<fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts <ds>=1 (text mode
been received.
>,<dt>,<st> enabled):
+COLP:
The presentation of the COL (Connected
<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,
Line) at the TE for a mobile originated call. AT+COLP=1
<satype>,<alphaId>]
Presentation status during a mobile
terminated call setup or during a call, or AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
+CSSU: <code2>
when a forward check supplementary <m>=1
service notification is received.
Presentation status after a mobile originated AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
+CSSI: <code1>[,<index>]
call setup <n>=1
+CLCC:
<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<m
pty>[,<number>,<type>,<alphaI
D>] Report a list of current calls of ME
automatically when the current call status AT+CLCC=1
[<CR><LF>+CLCC: changes.
<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<m
pty>[,<number>,<type>,<alphaI
D>][...]]
*PSNWID:
"<mcc>","<mnc>","<full network
name>",<full network name
Refresh network name by network.
CI>,"<short network
name>",<short network name
CI>
*PSUTTZ: AT+CLTS=1
<year>,<month>,<day>,<hour>
Refresh time and time zone by network.
,<min>,<sec>,"<time
zone>",<dst>
+CTZV: "<time zone>" Refresh network time zone by network.
Refresh Network Daylight Saving Time by
DST: <dst>
network.
Indicates whether SIM card has been
+CSMINS: <n>,<SIM inserted> AT+CSMINS=1
inserted.
+CDRIND: <type> Indicates whether a CS voice call, CS data AT+CDRIND=1

has been terminated.

+CHF: <state> Indicates the current channel. AT+CHF=1
+CENG:
AT+CENG=<mode>[,
<cell>,"<arfcn>,<rxl>,<rxq>,<m
Report of network information. <Ncell>]
cc>,<mnc>,<bsic>,<cellid>,<rla
<mode>=2
>,<txp>,<lac>,<TA>"
Shows call state of mobile originated call:
MO RING
the call is alerted. AT+MORING=1
Shows call state of mobile originated call:
MO CONNECTED AT+MORING=1
the call is established.
Indicates whether some password is
+CPIN: <code>
required or not. AT+CPIN
+CPIN: NOT READY SIM Card is not ready.
+CPIN: NOT INSERTED SIM Card is not inserted.
Displays signal strength and channel bit AT+EXUNSOL="SQ",
+CSQN: <rssi>,<ber>
error rate when <rssi>,<ber>values change. 1
The generated tone playing is stopped or
+SIMTONE: 0 AT+SIMTONE
completed.
The SIM Toolkit tone playing is stopped or
+STTONE: 0 AT+STTONE
completed.
An intermediate result code is transmitted
during connect negotiation when the TA has
determined the speed and quality of service
+CR: <serv> to be used, before any error control or data AT+CR=1
compression reports are transmitted, and
before any final result code (e.g.
CONNECT) appears.
+CUSD: Indicates an USSD response from the
AT+CUSD=1
<n>[,<str_urc>[,<dcs>]] network, or network initiated operation.
An incoming call signal from network is
RING
detected.
SIM800 is powered down by the PWRKEY
NORMAL POWER DOWN
pin or AT command “AT+CPOWD=1”.
UNDER-VOLTAGE POWER
Under-voltage automatic power down.
DOWN
UNDER-VOLTAGE
under-voltage warning
WARNNING
OVER-VOLTAGE POWER
Over-voltage automatic power down.
DOWN
OVER-VOLTAGE WARNNING over-voltage warning
The module is charging by charger. (require
CHARGE-ONLY MODE
hardware support)
Power on procedure is completed, and the
module is ready to operate at fixed baud AT+IPR=<rate>
RDY
rate. (This URC does not appear when <rate> is not 0
auto-bauding function is active).
Module is powered on and phonebook
Call Ready AT+CIURC=1
initialization procedure is over.
Module is powered on and SMS initialization
SMS Ready
procedure is over.
+CFUN: <fun> Phone functionality indication (This URC AT+IPR=<rate>

does not appear when auto-bauding <rate> is not 0

function is active).
[<n>,]CONNECT OK TCP/ UDP connection is successful AT+CIPSTART
TCP/UDP connection in channel mode is
CONNECT
successful
[<n>,]CONNECT FAIL TCP/UDP connection fails AT+CIPSTART
[<n>,]ALREADY CONNECT TCP/UDP connection exists AT+CIPSTART
[<n>,]SEND OK Data sending is successful
[<n>,]CLOSED TCP/UDP connection is closed
RECV FROM: <IP ADDRESS>: shows remote IP address and port
AT+CIPSRIP=1
<PORT> (only in single connection mode)
display transfer protocol in IP header to
+IPD,<data AT+CIPHEAD
received data or not (only in single
size>,<TCP/UDP>:<data> AT+CIPSHOWTP
connection mode)
Received data from remote client (only in
+RECEIVE,<n>,<length>
multiple connection mode)
REMOTE IP: <IP ADDRESS> Remote client connected in
+CDNSGIP: 1,<domain
DNS successful AT+CDNSGIP
name>,<IP>[,<IP2>]
+CDNSGIP:0,<dns error code> DNS failed
+PDP: DEACT GPRS is disconnected by network
The bearer based on IP connection of
+SAPBR <cid>: DEACT
SIMCom application is deactivated.
+HTTPACTION: Indicates HTTP method, Status Code
AT+HTTPACTION=<
<Method>,<StatusCode>,<Dat responded by remote server and the length
Method>
aLen> of data got.
+FTPGET: 1,<res> FTPGET session AT+FTPGET=1
+FTPPUT: 1,1,<maxlength> It is ready to upload data. AT+FTPPUT
+FTPPUT: 1,<res> FTP return result AT+FTPPUT
+FTPDELE: 1,<res> FTP delete session AT+FTPDELE
+FTPSIZE: 1,<res>,<size> FTP size session AT+FTPSIZE
FTP create directory (not supported for all
+FTPMKD: 1,<res> AT+FTPMKD
versions)
FTP delete directory (not supported for all
+FTPRMD: 1,<res> AT+FTPRMD
versions)
FTP list session (not supported for all
+FTPLIST: 1,<res> AT+FTPLIST
versions)
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] Network Registration Status AT+CGREG=<n>
ALARM RING AT+CALA=<time>[,<n
Indicate expired alarm.
+CALV: <n> >[,<recurr>]]

19 AT Commands Examples
19.1 Profile Commands
Demonstration Syntax Expect Result

The AT Command interpreter
AT OK
actively responds to input.
SIM800 R11.08
Display the product name and
ATI
the product release information.
OK
SIMCOM_Ltd
Display product identification
SIMCOM_SIM800H
information: the manufacturer,
AT+GSV Revision: 1308B01SIM800H32
the product name and the
product revision information.
OK
Display current configuration, a
[A complete listing of the active profile]
list of the current active profile AT&V
OK
parameters.
AT+CMEE=?
+CMEE: (0-2)
AT+CMEE? OK
+CMEE: 1
Reporting of mobile equipment
errors. The default CME error AT+CSCS=? OK
reporting setting is disabled. +CSCS:
Switch to verbose mode ("IRA","GSM","UCS2","HEX","PCCP","PCDN","
Displays a string explaining the 8859-1")
error in more details.
OK
AT+CSCS="T
EST" ERROR
AT+CMEE=2 OK
AT+CSCS="T +CME ERROR: invalid input value
EST"
Store the current configuration ATE0&W OK
in nonvolatile memory. When AT [No echo]
the board is reset, the OK
configuration changes from the [Reset the
last session are loaded. board] [No echo]

AT OK
[No echo]
ATE1&W OK
[Echo on]
AT OK
+IPR: 0
AT+IPR？
OK
OK
AT+CFUN=0
+CPIN: NOT READY

Set the ME to minimum
OK
functionality AT+IPR=1152 +IPR: 115200
00
AT+IPR?
OK
OK
AT+CFUN=0
+CPIN: NOT READY
+CFUN:1
ME has entered full functionality
AT+CFUN?
mode
OK
19.2 SIM Commands

AT+CPBS=? +CPBS: ("SM","ME","ON","FD")
List available phonebooks,
and select the SIM
OK
phonebook.
AT+CPBS="SM" OK
AT+CPBR=? +CPBR: (1-250),40,14
Display the ranges of
phonebook entries and list OK
the contents of the AT+CPBR=1,10 [a listing of phonebook contents]
phonebook.
OK
OK
AT+CPBW=,"13918
18xxxx",129,"Daniel
Write an entry to the current
"
phonebook.
[a listing of phonebook contents]
AT+CPBR=1,10

OK
Find an entry in the current AT+CPBF="Daniel" +CPBF: 5,"13918186089",129,"Daniel"
phonebook using a text
search. OK
Delete an entry from the AT+CPBW=2 OK

current phonebook AT+CPBR=1,10 [a listing of phonebook contents]
specified by its position
index. OK
AT+CENG=1,1 OK
AT+CENG? +CENG: 1,1
+CENG:
0,"0081,55,00,460,00,31,f9a1,08,05,1816,255"
+CENG: 1,"0014,40,15,f2a1,460,00,1816"
Switch on engineering
+CENG: 2,"0012,27,48,f411,460,00,1816"
mode
+CENG: 3,"0565,23,55,f1a1,460,00,1816"
+CENG: 4,"0584,19,24,f1a3,460,00,1816"
+CENG: 5,"0027,17,13,f412,460,00,1816"
+CENG: 6,"0028,15,14,6253,460,00,1823"
OK
AT+CENG=2,1 OK
AT+CENG? +CENG: 2,1
+CENG:
0,"0081,55,00,460,00,31,f9a1,08,05,1816,255"
Switch on engineering
+CENG: 1,"0014,42,15,f2a1,460,00,1816"
mode, and activate the
+CENG: 2,"0012,25,48,f411,460,00,1816"
URC report of network
+CENG: 3,"0565,21,55,f1a1,460,00,1816"
information
+CENG: 4,"0584,19,24,f1a3,460,00,1816"
+CENG: 5,"0027,17,13,f412,460,00,1816"
+CENG: 6,"0028,17,14,6253,460,00,1823"
OK
OK
AT+CENG=3,1
+CENG: 3,1
AT+CENG?
Switch on engineering +CENG: 0,"460,00,1816,f9a1,31,56"

mode, and with limited +CENG: 1,"460,00,1816,f2a1,15,38"
network information +CENG: 2,"460,00,1816,f411,48,26"
+CENG: 3,"460,00,1816,f1a3,24,17"
+CENG: 4,"460,00,1816,f412,13,16"
+CENG: 5,"460,00,1823,6253,14,16"

+CENG: 6,"460,00,1816,f2c3,43,14"
OK
OK
+CENG: 4,1
AT+CENG=4,1 //Dedicated mode:

AT+CENG? +CENG:
0,"0081,47,00,460,00,31,f9a1,08,05,1816,00,-6
6,0,0,64,7,64,0,0,0,EFR"
//Idle mode:
+CENG:
0,"0081,56,00,460,00,31,f9a1,08,05,1816,255,-
57,177,617,x,x,x,x,x,x"
Switch on engineering +CENG:
mode, and with extern 1,"0014,35,15,f2a1,460,00,1816,91,531"
information +CENG:
2,"0012,25,48,f411,460,00,1816,51,491"
+CENG:
3,"0565,24,55,f1a1,460,00,1816,45,485"
+CENG:
4,"0027,20,13,f412,460,00,1816,31,471"
+CENG:
5,"0584,20,24,f1a3,460,00,1816,29,469"
+CENG:
6,"0028,16,14,6253,460,00,1823,18,455"
OK
+CELLIST: (0,1),(10-7200)
AT+CELLIST=?
OK
AT+CELLIST=1,50 OK
AT+CELLIST? +CELLIST: 1,50
Perform a net survey to

OK
show all the cells’
AT+CELLIST +CELLIST: 460,00,81,42,f9a1,1816,31
Information
+CELLIST: 460,00,14,34,f2a1,1816,15
+CELLIST: 460,00,572,25,f2c3,1816,43
+CELLIST: 460,00,19,21,f2a3,1816,27
+CELLIST: 460,00,584,19,f1a3,1816,24
+CELLIST: 460,01,97,58,b5f0,144f,30
OK

19.3 General Commands

+COPS: 0,0,"CHINA
Display the current network
MOBILE"
operator that the handset is AT+COPS?
currently registered with.
OK
+COPN: "20201",
"COSMO"
[skip a bit]
Display a full list of network
AT+COPN +COPN: "901012","Maritime Comm Partner
operator names.
AS"
OK
AT+IPR? +IPR: 0
reduce its functionality. This OK

will deregister the handset AT+CFUN=0 OK
from the network. [wait for deregister]
ATD6241xxxx; ERROR
AT+CFUN=1 OK
AT+CIMI 460008184101641
Request the IMSI
OK
19.4 Call Control Commands

OK
Make a voice call ATD6241xxxx;
MS makes a voice call
OK
Hang up a call ATH
Call dropped
Make a voice call using the
last number facility. The
ATD6241xxxx; OK
initial call is established and
ATH OK
then cancelled. The second
ATDL OK
call is made using the
previous dial string.
Example of a MT voice call ATA RING
Make MT voice call to MS. ATH RING

OK[accept call]
OK[hang up call]
Call related to
supplementary service:
AT+CHLD. This Command AT+CHLD=<N> Return value: (0,1,1x,2,2x,3,4)
provides support for call
waiting functionality.
Terminate current call and
accept waiting call.
Establish a voice call from
EVB, receive an incoming OK
AT+CCWA=1,1
call (incoming call accepts OK
ATD6241xxxx;
waiting status), terminate RING
<RX incoming call>
active call and accept +CCWA: "62418148 ",129,1,""
incoming call. Note call OK
AT+CHLD=1
waiting must be active for <waiting call active>
this option – use
"AT+CCWA=1,1” before
running this demonstration.
Set current call to busy
state and accept waiting
call.
Establish a voice call from OK
EVB, receive an incoming ATD6241xxxx; RING
call (incoming call accepts <RX incoming call> +CCWA: "13918186089",129,1,""
waiting status), place active OK
call on hold and switch to AT+CHLD=2 <waiting call active other call on hold>
incoming call. Terminate OK
active call and switch back AT+CHLD=1 <incoming call terminated, dialed number
to original call. Note call now active>
waiting must have been
previously enabled for this
demonstration to work.
Switch between active and ATD6241xxxx; OK
held calls. <RX incoming call> RING
Establish a voice call from +CCWA: "13918186089",129,1,""
EVB, receive an incoming AT+CHLD=2 OK
call (incoming call accepts <incoming call activated, original on hold>
waiting status), place active
call on hold and switch to AT+CHLD=21 OK
incoming call. Switch <original call activated, incoming call held>
between both calls, placing AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"62418148",129,""
each in the hold state whilst +CLCC: 2,1,1,0,0,"13918186089",129,""
the other is active before OK
terminating each one. This <Note incoming call held flag set>

feature relies on knowing AT+CHLD=22 OK

each call’s ID. This is done <original call held, incoming call active>
using the List Current Calls AT+CHLD=12 OK
(AT+CLCC) Command. A <terminate incoming call>
call’s ID is required to AT+CHLD=11 OK
switch between held and <terminate original call>
active calls. Held calls are
not automatically resumed
when all other calls are
terminated. They need to
be made active using the
AT+CHLD=2x Command.
Note call waiting must have
been previously enabled for
this demonstration to work.
Send busy status to
incoming waiting caller.
waiting status), send ‘busy’ OK
status to waiting mobile. AT+CHLD=0 <incoming call sent busy msg, current call
Note call waiting must have retained>
been previously enabled for
Drop all calls on hold.
waiting status), switch to OK
incoming call and drop all AT+CHLD=2 <incoming call actived,original on hold>
waiting calls. OK
Note call waiting must have AT+CHLD=0 <incoming call actived, current call
been previously enabled for terminate>
19.5 SIM Toolkit Commands
Please refer to SIM800 Series_STK_Application Note.

19.6 Audio Commands

AT+CLDTMF=2,"1,2,
DTMF tones OK
3,4,5"
AT+CLDTMF=2,”A,B
OK
,C,D,E,F”,50
19.7 SMS Commands

Set SMS system into text
mode, as opposed to PDU AT+CMGF=1 OK
mode.
AT+CSCS="GSM" OK
Send an SMS to myself. AT+CMGS="+86139 +CMGS: 34

1818xxxx"
>This is a test
<Ctrl+Z> OK
Unsolicited notification of
+CMTI: "SM",1
the SMS arriving
Read SMS message that +CMGR: "REC UNREAD",
has just arrived. "+8613918186089","","02/01/30,20:40:31+00"
Note: the number should be the AT+CMGR=1 This is a test
same as that given in the +CMTI
notification. OK
+CMGR: "REC READ",
Reading the message
"+8613918186089","","02/01/30,20:40:31+00"
again and change the
AT+CMGR=1 This is a test
status to "READ”
from ”UNREAD”
OK
AT+CMGS="+86139 +CMGS: 35
Send another SMS to
1818xxxx"
myself.
>Test again<Ctrl+Z> OK
Unsolicited notification of
+CMTI: "SM",2
the SMS arriving
+CMGL: 1,"REC
List all SMS messages.
READ","+8613918186089","","02/01/30,20:40
Note:"ALL" must be in AT+CMGL="ALL"
:31+00"
uppercase.
This is a test

+CMGL: 2,"REC UNREAD"," ",

"+8613918186089",""
,"02/01/30,20:45:12+00"
Test again
OK
Delete an SMS message. AT+CMGD=1 OK
+CMGL: 2,"REC
READ","+8613918186089","","02/01/30,20:45
List all SMS messages to
:12+00"
show message has been AT+CMGL="ALL"
Test again
deleted.
OK
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,2,
25
AT+CSCS="UCS2" OK
Send SMS using Chinese
characters AT+CMGS="003100 +CMGS: 36
33003900310038003
10038003x003x003x OK
003x"
>4E014E50<Ctrl+Z>
19.8 GPRS Commands

Setup modem driver
Setup dial up Should be able to surf the web using Internet
Establish a GPRS context.
connection with *99# explorer.
Run internet explorer
There are two GPRS

Service Codes for the ATD
Command: Value 88 and
99.
Establish a connection by ATD*99# CONNECT
service code 99. ATD*99***1# CONNECT
Establish a connection by
service code 99 and using
CID 1

Check if the MS is
connected to the GPRS +CGATT: 1
network AT+CGATT?
OK
Detach from the GPRS OK
network AT+CGATT=0
+CGATT: 0
Check if the MS is AT+CGATT?
connected to the GPRS OK
network
AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: B
Check the class of the MS
OK
Establish a context using
the terminal equipment:
defines CID 1 AT+CGDCONT=1,"I OK
and sets the PDP type to IP, P","CMNET"
access ATD*99# CONNECT
point name and IP address
aren’t set.
Cancel a context using the
terminal equipment AT+CGDCONT=1, OK
"IP","CMNET"
ATD*99# CONNECT
Pause data transfer and
enter Command mode by +++ OK
+++
Stop the GPRS data ATH OK
transfer
AT+CGDCONT=1,"I OK
Reconnect a context using P","CMNET"
the terminal equipment
ATD*99# CONNECT
+++ OK
Resume the data transfer

ATO CONNECT
*Quality of Service (QOS) is a special parameter of a CID which consists of several parameters itself.
The QOS consists of
The precedence class
The delay class
The reliability class
The peak throughput class
The mean throughput class

And is decided in "requested QOS” and "minimum acceptable QOS”.
All parameters of the QOS are initiated by default value (=0) except the reliability class is 3. To define a
QOS use the AT+CGQREQ or AT+CGQMIN Command.
Overwrite the precedence class of

QOS of CID 1 and sets the QOS of AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK
CID 1 to be present
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
+CGQREQ: 2,0,0,3,0,0
Response: all QOS values of the
AT+CGQREQ? +CGQREQ: 3,0,0,3,0,0
activated CID.
OK
Set the QOS of CID 1 to not present.
Once defined, the CID can be AT+CGQREQ=1 OK
activated.
Activate CID 1, if the CID is already
active, the mobile returns OK at once.
If no CID is defined the mobile AT+CGACT=1,1 OK
responds +CME ERROR: invalid
index.
Note: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGACT=1,3 +CME ERROR: requested
AT+CGATT=1 before activating, the service option not subscribed.
attachment is automatically done by
the AT+CGACT Command.
Use the defined and activated CID
to get online. The mobile can be
connected using the parameters of AT+CGDATA="PPP", 1 CONNECT
appointed CID or using default
parameter
The mobile supports Layer 2 Protocol (L2P) PPP only.
Note: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGATT=1 and the CID is NOT activated before connecting, attaching and
activating is automatically done by the AT+CGDATA Command.
Some providers require using an APN to establish a GPRS connection. So if user uses the Microsoft Windows
Dial-Up Network and ATD*9… to connect to GPRS, user must provide the context definition as part of the modem
definition (Modem properties/Connection/Advanced… /Extra settings.) As an alternative, user can define and
activate the context in a terminal program (e.g. Microsoft HyperTerminal) and then use the Dial-Up Network to send
only the ATD Command.

19.9 TCPIP Commands
Please refer to SIM800 Series_TCPIP_Application Note.
19.10 IP Commands
Please refer to SIM800 Series_IP_Application Note. Chapter 3.1 describles how to config bearer contexts
of HTTP and FTP applications.
19.11 PING Commands

AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 1
OK
AT+CSTT="CMNET" OK
AT+CIICR OK
Ping Request
AT+CIFSR 10.78.245.128
AT+CIPPING=www.google +CIPPING: 1,"203.208.37.99",70,239
.cn +CIPPING: 2,"203.208.37.99",53,238
+CIPPING: 3,"203.208.37.99",60,239
+CIPPING: 4,"203.208.37.99",50,239
OK
On the Modem： On the Modem：
AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 1
OK
OK
AT+CSTT="CMNET"
Other Device Ping To The OK
AT+CIPBEIPING=1
Module
(If on 6252 platform, don’t
need this at)
AT+CIICR
OK
AT+CIFSR 10.78.245.128

On the Other Device: On the Other Device:

AT+CIPPING="10.78.245.1
28" +CIPPING: 1," 10.78.245.128",70,239
+CIPPING: 2," 10.78.245.128",53,238
+CIPPING: 3," 10.78.245.128",60,239
+CIPPING: 4," 10.78.245.128",50,239
OK
AT+CIPFLT=1,1,"198.211. OK
19.12","255.255.0.0"
AT+CIPFLT=1,,"10.43.21.6 OK
IP Filter Setting 9","255.0.0.0”
AT+CIPFLT=0,1 OK
AT+CIPFLT=2 OK
AT+CIPCTL=0 OK
Set the Mode When

AT+CIPCTL=1 OK
Receiving an IP Packet
AT+CIPCTL=2 OK
19.12 HTTP and FTP Commands
Please refer to SIM800 Series_IP_Application Note.
19.13 EMAIL Commands
Please refer to SIM800 Series_Email_Application Note.
19.14 MMS Commands

Initialization AT+CMMSINIT OK
Configuration AT+CMMSCURL=“mmsc.monternet OK

.com”
AT+CMMSCID=1
OK
AT+CMMSPROTO=“10.0.0.172”,80
OK
AT+CMMSSENDCFG=6,3,0,0,2,4
OK
OK
AT+SAPBR=3,1,"Contype","GPRS"
AT+SAPBR=3,1,"APN","CMWAP"
OK
Active bearer profile AT+SAPBR=1,1
OK
AT+SAPBR=2,1
+SAPBR: 1,1,"10.89.193.1"
OK
OK
AT+CMMSEDIT=1
CONNECT
... ...
AT+CMMSDOWN=“PIC”,12963,200
00 OK
Send MMS CONNECT

AT+CMMSDOWN=“TITLE”,3,5000
... ...
OK
AT+CMMSRECP=“13918181818”
OK
AT+CMMSSEND
……
OK
OK
AT+CMMSEDIT=0
+CMMSRECV:
Receive MMS AT+CMMSRECV=3 "+8613818181818","2008-05-02,
When received a MMS 03:38:12","",
push message,UART will 266701,"image0.jpg",7,26625
output message,such as
“+CMTI: "SM",3,"MMS OK
PUSH"”
AT+CMGD=3
OK
Receive MMS when the AT+CMMSEDIT=0 OK

MMS push message is a

concatenated message. AT+CMMSRECV=1 +CMMSRECV:
UART output messages: "+85266097746","2009-04-15,10
+CMTI: "SM",1,"MMS :41:21","",49
PUSH",2,1 1,"text0.txt",4,7
+CMTI: "SM",2,"MMS
PUSH",2,2 OK
+CMTI: "SM",1,"MMS AT+CMGD=1
PUSH"
OK
+CMMSREAD: "image0.jpg",
Read a file of MMS 26625
AT+CMMSREAD=1
……
OK
Exit MMS function AT+CMMSTERM OK
19.15 DDET Commands

AT+DDET=1,0,0
enable DTMF detection //start DDET, interval is 0, OK
report mode is 0
OK
If module detected DTMF, URC will be
reported via serial port
+DTMF:1 //report DTMF value
Set up a call connection ATD***********;
+DTMF:2
+DTMF:3
OK
+DTMF:1 //report DTMF
value
Receive an incoming call ATA
+DTMF:2
+DTMF:3
+DTMF:4

AT+DDET=1,1000,1
enable DTMF detection //start DDET, interval is OK
1000ms, report mode is 1
OK
reported via serial port, the minimal interval
between two identic DTMF is 1000ms.
+DTMF: 1,160 //report DTMF
Set up a call connection ATD***********; value and last time
+DTMF: 2,300
+DTMF: 3,200
OK
+DTMF: 1,160 //report
Receive an incoming call ATA DTMF value and last time
+DTMF: 2,300
+DTMF: 3,200
19.16 RECORD Commands

AT+CREC=1,1,0 OK
Start record
//start record // the record id is 1, format is AMR
OK
AT+CREC=2 +CREC: 2,1,0,15,16386

Stop record
//stop record //URC will be reported after stopping, which
indicate the format,including record id, time
in seconds, length in bytes
AT+CREC=3,1
Delete record OK
//delete record with id 1
AT+CREC=4,1,0,80
Play record file //play record file, channel is OK
0, the volume is 80

+CREC: 0
AT+CREC=5
Stop play record file
//stop play record file OK
//URC is reported to show statues IDLE
+CREC: 2
AT+CREC？
Get record status OK
//get record status //Rrecording ,delete and other play
operations are not allowed when playing
+CREC: 7,1,7728,0
+CREC: 7,2,53820,1
List record file AT+CREC=7
information //list record file list
OK
// two record file, one Is
+CREC: 6,1,200
2321414D520A04923231D828E7B0E222B
6D0B604941AEC23377C8A442AFC934404
50E0133334D31577CB8E88FE0450A54AD
57AC23086C24529FC0422434276AB0E88
DCF481E23A0419F050336489D54CB5722
4B0042119466B5B5521D542FF354204C04
AT+CREC=6,1,200,0 22385A00B20DBC67DC322049D87084889
Get record file data //get 200 bytes from record 70630CECBFE40004C0892EF5914BD62A
file with offset 0 to file head 234C0B5804334110F8818197ECA9D7F02
E046EDAD5EBA75928D948FBB19E046EA
F1C3A90168351C302DF8804460C1409B1
8966E0187F88B404CA88F4F891BFE72BC
F45D7
OK
//data in Hex format
+CREC: 8,938600
AT+CREC=8
Query free space
//query free memory space OK
//the free memory space is 938600 bytes
AT+CREC=9,0
Create record file OK
//create record file directory
directory
on system FAT
19.17 TTS Commands

AT+CTTS=1,"6B228FCE4 OK
F7F75288BED97F354086 //speech synthetized successfully, played
Play synthetic speech 2107CFB7EDF" locally.
with UCS2 coding text //text in UCS2 coding +CTTS: 0
format，context of the text is //speech played over. Note: User needs to wait
“欢迎使用语音合成系统”. thisresponse to play next speech!
AT+CTTS=2,"hello ，欢迎 OK
使用语音合成系统" //speech synthetized
Play synthetic speech // text in ASIIC coding Successfully played locally.
with ASCII coding text format. +CTTS: 0
Chinese in GBK coding //speech played over. Note: User needs to wait
format. thisresponse to play next speech!
AT+CTTS=0
OK
Stop playing TTS //Stop playing synthetic
//speech played over.
speech
AT+CTTSPARAM=50,
Set parameters of the 0,50,25,1 OK
TTS playing // set params of the TTS // set params over.
playing

20 ATC Differences among SIM800

Series
20.1 AT+SIDET
SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W,
SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A,SIM800F,
SIM840W,SIM800W16,SIM840W16
SIM800C-DS
AT+SIDET=?
If it is SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM800C,
SIM800A,SIM800F
+SIDET: (0, 2),(0-16)
AT+SIDET=?
+SIDET: (0,1),(0-16)
OK
If it is SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM808, SIM868
OK
or SIM800C-DS
+SIDET: (0-3),(0-16)
OK
Difference:
20.2 AT+CMIC
SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W,
SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A,SIM800F,
SIM800C-DS
AT+CMIC=?
If it is SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM800C,
AT+CMIC=? SIM800A,SIM800F
+CMIC: (0,1),(0-15) +CMIC: (0,2),(0-15)
OK OK
If it is SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM808, SIM868
or SIM800C-DS

+CMIC: (0-3),(0-15)
OK
Difference:
The default gain level of main audio channel is 10 or 6.
The default gain level of aux audio channel is 11 in SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM808, SIM868 and
SIM800C-DS.
The default gain level of aux audio channel is 9 in SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W,
SIM800W16 and SIM840W16.
The default gain level of aux audio channel is 8 in SIM800C, SIM800A and SIM800F.
20.3 AT+CBAND
SIM840V,SIM840W,SIM840W16,SIM800H,SI
SIM800V, M800L, SIM800,SIM800M64,SIM800G,
SIM800W,SIM800W16,SIM800A SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800F,SIM868,SIM800
C-DS
AT+CBAND=?
AT+CBAND=?
+CBAND:
+CBAND:
(EGSM_MODE,DCS_MODE,GSM850_MODE,PCS
(EGSM_MODE,DCS_MODE,EGSM_DCS_MO
_MODE,EGSM_DCS_MODE,GSM850_PCS_MOD
DE,ALL_BAND)
E,EGSM_PCS_MODE,ALL_BAND)
OK
OK
Difference:
SIM840V, SIM840W, SIM840W16,SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800G,
SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800F, SIM868 and SIM800C-DS support Quad-band.
20.4 AT+CHFA
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W, SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,

SIM840W,SIM800W16,SIM840W16 SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A
AT+CHFA=?
AT+CHFA=? If it is SIM800 and SIM800M64
+CHFA: (0 = NORMAL_AUDIO,1 = +CHFA: (0 = NORMAL_AUDIO, 2 =
AUX_AUDIO) HANDFREE_AUDIO,4=PCM_AUDIO)
OK OK
If it is SIM800H,SIM800L, SIM808, SIM868 or

SIM800C-DS
+CHFA: (0 = NORMAL_AUDIO, 1 = AUX_AUDIO,
2 = HANDFREE_AUDIO, 3 =
AUX_HANDFREE_AUDIO, 4 = PCM_AUDIO)
OK
If it is SIM800C,SIM800A,SIM800F
+CHFA: (0 = NORMAL_AUDIO, 2 =
HANDFREE_AUDIO)
OK
Difference:
In SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM808, SIM868 and SIM800C-DS, channel 2 is the same with channel 0,
channel 3 is the same with channel 1.channel 4 is multiplexed.
SIM800G can not support this AT command.
20.5 AT+SGPIO
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W, SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,

SIM840W,SIM800W16,SIM840W16 SIM808,SIM800M64
AT+SGPIO=? AT+SGPIO=?
+SGPIO: (0-1),(1-11),(0-1),(0-1) +SGPIO: (0-1),(1-7),(0-1),(0-1)
OK OK
Difference:
GPIO4 and GPIO5 only support the read operation in SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM800, SIM800M64 and
SIM808.
SIM800, SIM800M64 and SIM808 do not support GPIO1.
SIM800G and SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F, SIM868 and SIM800C-DS can not support this
command.
20.6 AT+SJDR
Jamming detection PIN takes effect only in SIM800H, SIM800L, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM808, SIM800C,
SIM800A, SIM800F, SIM868 and SIM800C-DS.The Jamming detection PIN is defined as follows.
Module Type Jamming detection PIN
SIM800H/SIM800L PIN5
SIM800/SIM800M64 PIN67
SIM808 PIN63

SIM800C PIN29
SIM800A PIN67
SIM800F PIN67
SIM800C-DS PIN29
SIM868 PIN29
SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W, SIM800W16 and SIM840W16 have no jamming detection PIN to
indicate JD status, only report jamming status via URC from serial port.
20.7 AT+CREC
Play in call support AMR format and WAV format with 8K 16bit in SIM800V, SIM800H, SIM800, SIM800M64,
SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F, SIM868 and SIM800C-DS.
The value of parameter <inputpath> is only "0" in SIM800 and SIM800M64.
20.8 AT+CTTSPARAM
SIM800V,SIM840V, SIM800W,
SIM800H,SIM800,SIM800M64
AT+CTTSPARAM? AT+CTTSPARAM?
+CTTSPARAM: 50,0,50,50,1 +CTTSPARAM: 50,0,50,50,0
OK OK
Difference:
Default value of output channel is different.
20.9 AT+CADC
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W,SIM840W,
SIM800W16,SIM840W16,SIM800H,
SIM808
SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,SIM800C,
SIM800A,SIM800F,SIM800C-DS,SIM868
AT+CADC?
AT+CADC?
+CADC: 1,958
+CADC: 1,603
+CADC: 1,2223
OK

OK
Difference:
SIM808 has two ADC channels and others have only one ADC channel.
20.10 AT+CSCLK
SIM800V, SIM840V,SIM800W,SIM840W,
SIM800W16,SIM840W16,SIM800H,
SIM808
SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,SIM800C,
AT+CSCLK=? AT+CSCLK=?
+CSCLK: (0-2) +CSCLK: (0-1)
OK OK
Difference:
SIM808 does not support AT+CSCLK=2.
20.11 AT+CMMSDOWN
SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W,

SIM800W16,SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM8 SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A,SIM800F,SIM86
00H, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800G, 8
SIM800C-DS
AT+CMMSDOWN=?
+CMMSDOWN: "PIC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN:
"TEXT",(1-15360),(2000-),"NAME"
AT+CMMSDOWN=? +CMMSDOWN: "TITLE",(1-40),(2000-)
+CMMSDOWN: +CMMSDOWN:
"PIC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME" "AUDIO_ACC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: +CMMSDOWN:
"TEXT",(1-15360),(2000-),"NAME" "AUDIO_AMR",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: "TITLE",(1-40),(2000-) +CMMSDOWN:
"AUDIO_BASIC",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
OK +CMMSDOWN:
"AUDIO_MID",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN:
"AUDIO_MPEG",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN:

"VIDEO_3GPP",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
+CMMSDOWN: " VIDEO
_MP4",(1-307200),(5000-),"NAME"
OK
20.12 AT+CFGRI

SIM800W16,SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM8 SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F,
00H, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800G, SIM868
SIM800C-DS
AT+CFGRI? AT+CFGRI?
+CFGRI: 0 +CFGRI: 2
OK OK
Difference:
Default value is different.
20.13 AT+CLCK

SIM800W16, SIM840W16,
SIM800L,SIM800H, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800C-DS
SIM800G,SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A,
SIM800F,SIM868
AT+CLCK=?
AT+CLCK=?
+CLCK:
+CLCK:
("AO","OI","OX","AI","IR","FD","SC","PN","P
("AO","OI","OX","AI","IR","SC","PN","PU","PP")
U","PP")
OK
OK
Difference:
SIM800C-DS has no value of "FD".

20.14 AT+CBATCHK

SIM800W16,SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM8 SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F,
00H, SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM800G, SIM800C-DS,SIM868
SIM808
AT+CBATCHK? AT+CBATCHK?
+CBATCHK: 1 +CBATCHK: 0
OK OK
Difference:
Default value is different.
20.15 Only Part of Projects Support Following AT Commands
AT command or
Chapter Supported by project
function
SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W, SIM800W16,
2.2.5 ATD><str> SIM840W16, SIM800L, SIM800H, SIM800, SIM800M64,
SIM800G, SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F,SIM868
ATD<n> ( if <n> is SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W, SIM800W16,
2.2.3 USSD-string or SIM840W16, SIM800L, SIM800H, SIM800, SIM800M64,
supplementary services) SIM800G, SIM808, SIM800C, SIM800A, SIM800F
SIM800V,SIM840V,SIM800W,SIM840W,SIM800W16,
2.2.39 AT+ICF SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,
SIM800M64,SIM800G,SIM808
3.2.4 AT+CBST SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,
6.2.10 AT+CMOD SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,
6.2.39 AT+SGPIO SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,
6.2.40 AT+SPWM SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,
SIM800M64,SIM800G,SIM808,SIM868
6.2.58 AT+CPCMCFG SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800M64,SIM808
6.2.59 AT+CPCMSYNC SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM808

SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM808,
6.2.60 AT+CANT
SIM800C,SIM800A,SIM800F,SIM868
6.2.62 AT+SD2PCM SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM808
SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,
6.2.63 AT+SKPD
SIM800M64,SIM808,SIM800A,SIM800F
6.2.67 AT+CMNRP SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800M64
6.2.68 AT+CEGPRS SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800M64,SIM800C-DS
6.2.73 AT+ECHARGE SIM808
6.2.74 AT+SIMTIMER SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800G
SIM800H, SIM800L,SIM800, SIM800G, SIM800C,
6.2.75 AT+SPE
SIM800A, SIM800F,SIM800C-DS,SIM868
6.2.76 AT+CCONCINDEX SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A, SIM800F,SIM868
6.2.77 AT+SDMODE SIM808
SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800G,SIM808,SIM800C,
6.2.78 AT+SRSPT
SIM800A,SIM800F,SIM868
SIM800H, SIM800L,SIM800, SIM808,SIM800C,
10.2.4 AT+CIPBEIPING
11.2.9 AT+HTTPHEAD SIM800H,SIM800L,SIM800,SIM800G
SIM800V, SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W, SIM800H,
16 Record function SIM800, SIM800M64, SIM808,SIM800C,SIM800A,
SIM800F,SIM800C-DS,SIM868
SIM800V,SIM840V, SIM800W, SIM840W,SIM800H,
17 TTS function SIM800,SIM800M64,SIM800C
Note: SIM800H, SIM800 and SIM800C only support Chinese TTS.
19 AT commands of AOC SIM840W16,SIM800L,SIM800H,SIM800,SIM800M64,
SIM800G,SIM808

SIM800 Series - AT Command Manual - V1.12

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIM800 Series - AT Command Manual - V1.12

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIM800 Series - AT Command Manual - V1.12

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIM800 Series_

SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

Document Title: SIM800 Series_AT Command Manual

SIMCOM OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS, TO SUPPORT

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY

SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

For more information, please visit:

For technical support, or to report documentation errors, please visit:

Copyright © 2020 SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited All Rights Reserved.

Version Date Chapter What is new

Change "Execution Command" to "Write

6.2.53 AT_CSDT Add parameter saving mode

21.5 AT+CTTSPARAM Add differences of some AT commands

Extend the scope of parameter <mode> to

8.2.28 AT+CIPRDTIMER Add default value

2 AT Commands According to V.25TER.......................................................................... 27

2.2.17 ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character ........................................................ 38

3 AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.007 ............................................................. 55

3.2.16 AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME .............................................................................. 70

4 AT Commands According to 3GPP TS 27.005 ........................................................... 107

4.2.4 AT+CMGR Read SMS Message ............................................................................... 112

5 AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit ................................................................ 129

6 AT Commands Special for SIMCom ......................................................................... 137

6.2.63 AT+SKPD Keypad Detecting Function ......................................................................... 186

7 AT Commands for GPRS Support ............................................................................ 201

8 AT Commands for TCPIP Application Toolkit .......................................................... 212

9 AT Commands for TCPIP Application Toolkit .......................................................... 240

10 AT Commands for PING Support ......................................................................... 242

11 AT Commands for HTTP Application ................................................................... 247

12 AT Commands for FTP Application...................................................................... 257

13 AT Commands for Email Application ................................................................... 279

13.2.9 AT+SMTPFILE Set the Email Attachment.................................................................. 285

14 AT Commands for MMS Application .................................................................... 299

15 AT Commands for DDET Application................................................................... 319

15.2.1 AT+DDET DTMF Detection Control ........................................................................... 319

16 AT Commands for RECORD Application ............................................................. 321

17 AT Commands for TTS Application ..................................................................... 326

18 Supported Unsolicited Result Codes .................................................................. 329

19 AT Commands Examples .................................................................................... 339

20 ATC Differences among SIM800 Series ............................................................. 357

20.9 AT+CADC ............................................................................................................................ 360

1.1 Scope of the document

1.2 Related documents

1.3 Conventions and abbreviations

In this document, the GSM engines are referred to as following term:

1.4 AT Command syntax

Commands are usually followed by a response that includes. "<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>"

1.4.1 Basic syntax

1.4.2 S Parameter syntax

1.4.3 Extended Syntax

These commands can operate in several modes, as in the following table:

Table 1: Types of AT commands and responses

1.4.4 Combining AT commands on the same Command line

1.4.5 Entering successive AT commands on separate lines

1.5 Supported character sets

1.6 Flow control

1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/XOFF flow control)

1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)

1.7.1 Parameter Saving Mode